Table of Contents



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K/A10-K

Amendment No. 1

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 
 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20212023
OR
 

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 
 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 
 

Commission File Number: 001-34142

 
--12-31FY2021
Oak Valley Bancorp

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California

 

26-2326676

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

125 North Third Avenue
Oakdale,, California

 

95361

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(209)

(209) 848-2265

(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock

OVLY

The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:                                            None
(Title of class)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.           Yes  ☒                                          No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  ☒                                          No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

 Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☒

Smaller reporting company ☒

Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ☐ No  ☒

As of June 30, 2021,2023, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing price of $18.17$25.19 per share of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the Nasdaq, was approximately $122$167 million. As of December 31, 2021,2023, there were 8,239,0998,293,168 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s 2023 fiscal year end and are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1 -

BUSINESS

4

ITEM 1A -

RISK FACTORS

20

ITEM 1B -

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

33

ITEM 1C -

CYBERSECURITY

33

ITEM 2 -

PROPERTIES

34

ITEM 3 -

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

34

ITEM 4 -

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

34

PART II

ITEM 5 -

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

35

ITEM 6 -

[RESERVED]

35

ITEM 7 -

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

36

ITEM 7A -

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

57

ITEM 8 -

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

59

ITEM 9 -

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

59

ITEM 9A -

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

59

ITEM 9B -

OTHER INFORMATION

60

ITEM 9C -

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

60

PART III

ITEM 10 -

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

61

ITEM 11 -

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

61

ITEM 12 -

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

62

ITEM 13 -

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

62

ITEM 14 -

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

62

PART IV

ITEM 15 -

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

62

ITEM 16 -

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

64

SIGNATURES

65

 
EXPLANATORY
2

SPECIAL NOTE

Oak Valley Bancorp, a California corporation (“Oak Valley”, the “Company”, “we” or “us”), is filing this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (this “Amendment”) to file certain information that will be included in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the Company’s 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Amendment amends the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “1934 Act”).

All statements contained in this Annual Report other than statements of historical fact, including, for example, statements regarding descriptions of plans or objectives of management for future operations, products or services, forecasts of our revenues, earnings or other measures of economic performance, our assessment of significant factors and developments that may affect our results, regulatory controls and processes and their impact on our business, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “continue” “anticipate,” “target,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “goal,” “outlook,” “expect,” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, that are difficult to predict the impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition, including those listed in this “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and those described in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Factors that could cause actual results to differ from results discussed in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: the credit exposure of certain loan products and other components of our business that could be impacted by the changing economic and business conditions; changes in monetary, fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, originally filedor tax policy to address changing economic conditions including interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board, any of which could cause us to incur additional loan losses and adversely affect our results of operations in the future; economic conditions (both generally and in the markets where the Company operates) including unemployment levels, energy prices, inflation, supply chain issues, a decline in housing prices or collateral values and the risk of a recession or slowed economic growth in the United States economy; the continuing impact of the changing economic conditions on our employees and customers, including consumer income, creditworthiness, confidence, spending and savings; increasing geopolitical instability, including the war between Russia and Ukraine and the impact of sanctions and the conflict between Israel and Hamas in the Middle East; the success of our efforts to mitigate the impact of the changing economic conditions; competition from other providers of financial services offered by the Company and our response to competitive pressures; changes in government regulation and legislation; the impact of any failure by the U.S. government to increase the debt ceiling or any federal government shutdown; changes in interest rates and interest rate fluctuations; volatility in the capital markets; the amount and rate of deposit growth and changes in deposit costs;material unforeseen changes in the financial stability and liquidity of the Company’s credit customers; risks associated with concentrations in real estate related loans; our ability to maintain adequate capital or liquidity levels or to comply with revised capital or liquidity requirements; changes in accounting standards and interpretations; changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses; the soundness of other financial institutions, including disruptions, instability and failures in the banking industry; physical or transition risks related to climate change; cybersecurity risks and heightened legislative and regulatory focus on cybersecurity and data privacy; and other risks as may be detailed from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (the “SEC”) on March 31, 2022 (the “Original Filing”). The Company is filing this Amendmentall of which are difficult to amendpredict and which may be beyond the cover pagecontrol of the Original Filing to indicateCompany. For additional information on factors that the company is a non-accelerated filer and to amend Part III of the Original Filing to include the information required by and not included in Part III of the Original Filing because the Company will not be filing its definitive proxy statement within 120 days of the end of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Part IV is being amended solely to add as exhibits certain new certifications in accordance with Rule 13a-14(a) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Because no financialcould materially influence forward-looking statements have been included in this AmendmentAnnual Report, see the risk factors set forth under “Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors.” You should carefully consider the factors discussed above, and in our Risk Factors or other disclosures, in evaluating these forward-looking statements.

Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this Amendment doesAnnual Report may not containoccur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or amend any disclosure with respect to Items 307implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and 308 of Regulations S-K, paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 ofcircumstances reflected in the certifications have been omitted.

Except as described above, no other changes have been made to the Original Filing. The Original Filing continues toforward-looking statements will be achieved or occur.  Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.. You should read this Annual Report with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

3

PARTI

ITEM 1.BUSINESS OF OAK VALLEY BANCORP

Overview of the Original Filing, andBusiness

Oak Valley Bancorp. Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”) serves as the Company has not updated the disclosures contained therein to reflect any events which occurred at a date subsequent to the filing of the Original Filing other than as expressly indicated in this Amendment. Accordingly, this Amendment should be read in conjunction with the Original Filing and the Company’s other filings made with the SEC on or subsequent to March 31, 2022.


PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Executive Officers
Set forth below is certain information with respect to the executive officers of the Company as of the date of this report:
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Officer
Since*
       
Christopher M. Courtney 59 Chief Executive Officer 2008
Richard A. McCarty 50 President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary 2008
Michael J. Rodrigues 52 Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer 2008
Janis L. Powers 63 Executive Vice President, Risk Management 2015
Russell E. Stahl 51 Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer 2017
Gary W. Stephens 59 Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking Group 2019
Julie N. DeHart 48 Executive Vice President, Retail Banking Group 2021
Cathy Ghan 62 Executive Vice President, Commercial Real Estate Group 2021
Jeffrey A.  Gall 46 Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 2016

* The Company was formed in 2008 as theparent bank holding company of Oak Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”), a California state-chartered bank. The Bank and the Company may be generally referred to as “we”, “us” or “our”). The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of California on May 31, 1990, and began operations in Oakdale, California on May 28, 1991.

The Company’s only assets are the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, which the Company wholly owns, cash and income tax benefits receivable classified as other assets.

Oak Valley Community Bank.

Biographical informationThe Bank commenced operations in May 1991.  The Bank is an insured bank under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and is a member of the Federal Reserve.  The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (“DFPI”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Commission (“FDIC”) and the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”). Since its formation, the Bank has provided basic banking services to individuals and business enterprises in Oakdale, California and the surrounding areas. The focus of the Bank is to offer a range of commercial banking services designed for both individuals and small to medium-sized businesses in the two main areas of service of the Bank: the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras.

The Bank offers a complement of business checking and savings accounts for its business customers.  The Bank also offers commercial and real estate loans, as well as lines of credit.  Real estate loans are generally of a short-term nature for both residential and commercial lending purposes.  Longer-term real estate loans are generally made with adjustable interest rates and contain customary provisions for acceleration.  Traditional residential mortgages are available to Bank customers through a third party.

The Bank offers other services for both individuals and businesses including online banking, remote deposit capture, mobile banking, merchant services, night depository, extended hours, wire transfer of funds, note collection, and automated teller machines in a national network.  The Bank does not currently offer international banking or trust services although the Bank may make such services available to the Bank’s customers through financial institutions with which the Bank has correspondent banking relationships.  The Bank does not offer stock transfer services, nor does it directly issue credit cards.

Expansion

Branch Expansion.    Since opening the doors of our seniormain Oakdale branch in 1991, our network of branches have been expanded geographically. As of December 31, 2023, we maintained eighteen full-service branch offices (in addition to our corporate headquarters) located in the cities of Oakdale, Sonora, Modesto, Bridgeport, Mammoth Lakes, Bishop, Escalon, Patterson, Turlock, Ripon, Stockton, Manteca, Tracy, Sacramento, and Roseville in California. We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of additional branches and loan production offices as demand dictates and resources permit.

Business Segments

Management has determined that because all of the banking products and services offered by the Company are available in each branch of the Bank, all branches are located within the same economic environment, and management does not allocate resources based on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, it is appropriate to aggregate the Bank branches and report them as a single operating segment.  No customer accounts for more than 10 percent of revenues for the Company or the Bank.

Primary Market Area

We conduct business from our main office in Oakdale, a city of approximately 23,000 residents located in Stanislaus County, California. Oakdale is approximately 15 miles from Modesto and sits at the foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, at the edge of the California Central Valley agricultural area.  Through our branches, we serve customers in the Central Valley, from Fresno to Sacramento, and in foothill locations. We also reach into the Highway 395 corridor in the Eastern Sierras and in the towns of Bishop, Mammoth and Bridgeport.  Approximately 98% of our loans and 90% of our deposits are generated from the Central Valley. The Central Valley area includes Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Sacramento, and Placer counties and has a total population of over 5 million.

4

Lending Activities

General.    Our loan policies set forth the basic guidelines and procedures by which we conduct our lending operations. These policies address the types of loans available, underwriting and collateral requirements, loan terms, interest rate and yield considerations, compliance with laws and regulations and our internal lending limits. Our Board of Directors reviews and approves our loan policies on an annual basis. We supplement our own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic loan audits by experienced external loan specialists who review credit quality, loan documentation and compliance with laws and regulations. We engage in a full complement of lending activities, including:

commercial real estate loans,

commercial business lending and trade finance,

Small Business Administration lending, and

consumer loans, including automobile loans, home mortgages, credit lines and other personal loans.

As part of our efforts to achieve long-term stable profitability and respond to a changing economic environment in the California Central Valley, we constantly evaluate a variety of options to augment our traditional focus by broadening the services and products we provide. Possible avenues of growth include more branch locations, expanded suite of technology-based services and new types of lending.

Loan Procedures.    Loans are recommended for approval by the Senior Loan Committee, made up of our Board of Directors and designated executive officers (SEOs), whoof the bank, by joint management authority or by loan officers, to the extent of their lending authority. Our Board of Directors authorizes our lending limits. Our President and Chief Credit Officer are not nomineesresponsible for election is set forth below.

Christopher M. Courtney has beenevaluating the Bankauthority limits for individual credit officers and Oak Valley Bancorp’srecommending lending limits for all other officers to the Board of Directors for approval.

We grant individual lending authority to our Chief Executive Officer, and Director since July 2013 and 2004, respectively. He served as President from 2004 to January 1, 2022, when the title was transferred to Rick McCarty. Previously, Courtney has served as the Bank’s Chief Credit Officer, Chief Operating Officer since 1999Credit Administrator and 2000, respectively. Mr. Courtney has over 30 years of diverse banking experience, joining Oak Valley Community Bank in 1996,to certain department managers and loan officers. Our highest management lending authority, known as a lender, after workingJoint Authority, includes all amounts above the individual officer loan authority limits and below the Senior Loan Committee limits of: $5,000,000 for a major bank, a mid-size bankreal estate secured loans, $2,500,000 for loans secured by collateral other than real estate and a small community bank. He graduatedcash, $1,500,000 for unsecured loans, or when the borrower’s aggregate total outstanding commitment exceeds $5,000,000. These loans require joint approval from the Wells Fargo Bank Credit Training Program in 1989. Mr. Courtney has a B.S. in Finance and an MBA from California State University, Sacramento. He is also a graduatetwo of the Pacific Coast Banking School at the University of Washington. Mr. Courtney adds banking and operations experience to the Board.

Richard A. McCarty first joined Oak Valley Community Bank in 1996. Mr. McCarty became our President in 2022,following officers: Chief OperatingExecutive Officer, in 2017, our Senior Executive Vice President in 2016, our Chief Administrative Officer in 2008 and our Secretary in February 2010. He also served as the Bank’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 2000 to 2015. Mr. McCarty has a B.S. in Finance from California State University, Stanislaus.
Michael J. Rodriguesfirst joined Oak Valley Community Bank in 1997. He has been the Bank’s Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer, since 2006. Mr. Rodrigues has 28Senior Lending Officer or Credit Administrator.  

As of December 31, 2023, the Bank’s authorized legal lending limits were $29.0 million for unsecured loans plus an additional $19.3 million for specific secured loans. Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with California law, which prohibits a bank from lending to any one individual or entity or its related interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of primary capital plus the allowance for credit losses on an unsecured basis, plus an additional 10% on a secured basis. The Bank’s primary capital plus allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2023 totaled $193.0 million.

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to certain underwriting practices. The review of each loan application includes analysis of the applicant’s prior credit history, income level, cash flow and financial condition, tax returns, cash flow projections, and the value of any collateral to secure the loan, based upon reports of independent appraisers and audits of accounts receivable or inventory pledged as security. In the case of real estate loans over a specified amount, the review of collateral value includes an appraisal report prepared by an independent, Bank-approved, appraiser.

Real Estate Loans.    We offer commercial real estate loans to finance the acquisition of new or the refinancing of existing commercial properties, such as office buildings, industrial buildings, warehouses, hotels, shopping centers, automotive industry facilities and multiple dwellings. As of December 31, 2023, consumer and commercial real estate loans constituted 90% of our loan portfolio, of which 97% were commercial real estate loans.

Commercial real estate loans typically have 10-year maturities with up to 25-year amortization of principal and interest and loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75% of the appraised value or purchase price, whichever is lower. We usually impose a prepayment penalty during the period within 3 to 5 years of diverse banking experience, joining Oakthe date of the loan.

5

Construction loans are comprised of loans on commercial, residential and income-producing properties that generally have terms of 1 year, with options to extend for additional periods to complete construction and to accommodate the lease-up period. We usually require 15% equity capital investment by the developer and loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75% of anticipated completion value.

Mini-perm loans finance the purchase and/or ownership of commercial properties, including owner-occupied and income-producing properties. We also offer mini-perm loans as take-out financing with our construction loans. Mini-perm loans are generally made with an amortization schedule ranging from 20 to 25 years, with a lump sum balloon payment due in 3 to 5 years.

Equity lines of credit are revolving lines of credit with repayment term and are collateralized by junior deeds of trust on residential real properties. They generally bear a rate of interest that floats with our base rate or the prime rate, and have maturities of 25 years (10-year interest only with 15-year amortization).

We purchase participation interests in loans made by other financial institutions from time to time. These loans are subject to the same underwriting criteria and approval process as loans made directly by us.

Our real estate loans are typically collateralized by first or junior deeds of trust on specific commercial properties and equity lines of credit, and are subject to corporate or individual guarantees from financially capable parties, as available. The properties collateralizing real estate loans are principally located in our primary market areas of the California Central Valley Communityand the Eastern Sierra.  Real estate loans typically bear interest rates that float with an established index.

Our real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) significant interest rate fluctuations, (iii) reduction in real estate values in the California Central Valley, (iv) increased competition in pricing and loan structure, and (v) environmental risks, including natural disasters.  As a result of the high concentration of the real estate loan in our loan portfolio, potential difficulties in the real estate markets could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would reduce our profits.  A decline in real estate values could cause some of our mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss.  Additionally, a decline in real estate values could adversely affect our portfolio of commercial real estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans. However, we strive to reduce the exposure to such risks and seek to continue to maintain high quality in our real estate loans by (a) reviewing each loan request and each loan renewal individually, (b) using a joint approval system for the approval of each loan request for loans over a certain dollar amount, (c) adhering to written loan policies, including, among other factors, minimum collateral requirements, maximum loan-to-value ratio requirements, cash flow requirements and personal guarantees, (d) performing secondary appraisals from time to time, (e) conducting external independent credit review, and (f) conducting environmental reviews, where appropriate. We review each loan request on the basis of our ability to recover both principal and interest in view of the inherent risks.   We monitor and stress test our entire portfolio, evaluating debt coverage ratios and loan-to-value ratios, on a quarterly basis.  We monitor trends and evaluate exposure derived from simulated stressed market conditions.  The portfolio is stratified by owner classification (either owner-occupied or non-owner occupied), product type, geography and size.

As of December 31, 2023, the aggregate loan-to-value of the entire commercial real estate portfolio was 46.0%, based on the most recent appraisals as of the time of origination or renewal.  Historical data suggests that the Bank in 1997,continues to maintain strong loan-to-value which has served as a cushion against precipitous reductions in real estate values during economic downturns.  Non-owner occupied commercial lender.  He hasreal estate comprises 67.0% of the Bank’s total commercial real estate commitments, as of December 31, 2023.  The loan-to-value on the non-owner occupied CRE segment was 47.9%, as of December 31, 2023.  The highest concentration by product type is CRE Retail, which comprised 22.7% of total CRE loan commitments, as of December 31, 2023. 

Our portfolio diversity in terms of both product types and geographic distribution, combined with strong debt coverage ratios, a degreelow aggregate loan-to-value and a reasonable percentage of owner-occupied properties, mitigate the risks associated with excessive commercial real estate concentration. These elements contribute strength to our overall real estate portfolio in the event of any weakness in the real estate market.

Commercial Business FinanceLending.    We offer commercial loans to sole proprietorships, partnerships and corporations, with an emphasis on the real estate related industry. These commercial loans include business lines of credit and commercial term loans to finance operations, to provide working capital or for specific purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or inventory. Since a borrower’s cash flow from California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo.  Heoperations is generally the primary source of repayment, our policies provide specific guidelines regarding required debt coverage and other important financial ratios.

Lines of credit are extended to businesses or individuals based on the financial strength and integrity of the borrower and are secured primarily by real estate, accounts receivable and inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less. Such lines of credit bear an interest rate that floats with the prime rate, constant maturity treasury or another established index.

6

Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, refinance short-term debts or to finance the purchase of businesses. Commercial term loans generally have terms from one to five years. They may be collateralized by the asset being acquired or other available assets and bear interest rates, which either floats with the prime rate, or another established index or is fixed for the term of the loan.

Our portfolio of commercial loans is also subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) significant interest rate fluctuations; and (iii) the deterioration of a 2006 graduateborrower’s or guarantor’s financial capabilities. We attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through (a) reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, (b) requiring a joint signature approval system, (c) mandating strict adherence to written loan policies, and (d) performing external independent credit review. In addition, we monitor loans based on short-term asset values as required on a monthly or quarterly basis. In general, during the term of the Pacific Coastrelationship, we receive and review the financial statements of our borrowing customers on an ongoing basis, and we promptly respond to any deterioration that we note.

Small Business Administration Lending Services.    Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lending, forms an important part of our business. Our SBA lending service places an emphasis on minority-owned businesses. Our SBA market area includes the geographic areas encompassed by our full-service banking offices in the California Central Valley and in the Eastern Sierra. As an SBA lender, we enable borrowers to obtain SBA loans in order to acquire new businesses, expand existing businesses, and acquire locations in which to do business. We also participated in the SBA’s Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) established in 2020 to provide economic assistance to small businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Consumer Loans.    Consumer loans include personal loans, auto loans, home improvement loans, home mortgage loans, revolving lines of credit and other loans typically made by banks to individual borrowers. We provide consumer loan products in an effort to diversify our product line.

Our consumer loan portfolio is subject to certain risks, including:

amount of credit offered to consumers in the market,

interest rate increases, and

consumer bankruptcy laws which allow consumers to discharge certain debts.

We attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through the direct approval of all consumer loans by:

reviewing each loan request and renewal individually,

using a dual signature system of approval,

strictly adhering to written credit policies, and

performing external independent credit review.

7

Deposit Activities

Our primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, whereas deposit inflows, outflows and unscheduled loan prepayments (which are influenced significantly by general interest rate levels, interest rates available on other investments, competition, economic conditions and other factors) are not as stable. Customer deposits also remain a primary source of funds, but these balances may be influenced by adverse market changes in the industry. We may resort to other borrowings, on an as needed basis, as follows:

on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in deposit inflows at less than projected levels, and

on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to match the maturity of repricing intervals of assets.

We offer a variety of accounts for depositors, which are designed to attract both short-term and long-term deposits. These accounts include certificates of deposit (“CDs”), regular savings accounts, money market accounts, checking accounts, savings accounts, health savings accounts and individual retirement accounts. These accounts generally earn interest at rates established by management based on competitive market factors and management’s desire to increase or decrease certain types or maturities of deposits. As needs arise, we augment these customer deposits with brokered deposits. The more significant deposit accounts offered by us are described below:

Certificates of Deposit.    We offer several types of CDs with a maximum maturity of five years. The substantial majority of our CDs have a maturity of one to twelve months and pay compounded interest typically credited monthly or at maturity.

Regular Savings Accounts.    We offer savings accounts that allow for unlimited ATM and in-branch deposits and withdrawals. Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly.

Money Market Account.    Money market accounts pay a variable interest rate that is tiered depending on the balance maintained in the account. Minimum opening balances vary. Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly.

Checking Accounts.    Checking accounts are generally non-interest and interest-bearing accounts, respectively, and may include service fees based on activity and balances.

Other Sources of Funds

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings.    To supplement our deposits as a source of funds for lending or investment, we borrow funds in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). We regularly make use of Federal Home Loan Bank advances as part of our interest rate risk management, primarily to extend the duration of funding to match the longer-term fixed rate loans held in the loan portfolio as part of our growth strategy.

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, we are required to invest in Federal Home Loan Bank stock based on a predetermined formula. Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a restricted equity security that can only be sold to other Federal Home Loan Bank members or redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2023, we owned $5,202,000 in FHLB stock.

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are typically secured by our entire real estate loan portfolio, which includes residential and commercial loans.  As of December 31, 2023, our borrowing limit with the Federal Home Loan Bank was approximately $333 million.

Internet and Mobile Banking School

We offer Internet banking services, which allows our customers to access their deposit accounts through the Internet. Customers are able to obtain transaction history and account information, transfer funds between accounts, make person-to-person payments and make online bill payments. We intend to improve and develop our Internet banking products and delivery channels as the need arises and our resources permit. Mobile Banking offers many of the same services as internet banking but also includes mobile check deposit.

Other Services

We offer ATMs located at branch offices, and customer access to an ATM network. Additionally, we offer remote deposit capture service to allow commercial deposit customers the convenience of scanning check deposits for quicker access to deposited funds.

8

Marketing

Our marketing relies principally upon local advertising and promotional activity and upon personal contacts by our directors, officers and shareholders to attract business and to acquaint potential customers with our personalized services. We emphasize a high degree of personalized client service in order to be able to provide for each customer’s banking needs. Our marketing approach emphasizes the advantages of dealing with an independent, locally managed and state-chartered bank to meet the particular needs of consumers, professionals and business customers in the community. Our management continually evaluates all of our banking services with regard to their profitability and efforts and makes determinations based on these evaluations whether to continue or modify our business plan, where appropriate.

We do not currently have any plans to develop any new lines of business, which would require a material amount of capital investment on our part.

Competition

Regional Branch Competition.    We consider our primary service area to be composed of the counties of San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Sacramento, Placer, Inyo and Mono Counties, of California.  The banking business in California generally, and in our primary service area, specifically, is competitive with respect to both loans and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks, which have many offices operating over wide geographic areas.  These include Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase Bank, U.S. Bank, BMO Harris Bank and Citibank. We compete for deposits and loans principally with these banks, as well as with savings and loan associations, thrift and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, offerors of money market accounts and other lending institutions.

Among the advantages of these institutions are their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand, their ability to offer certain services, such as international banking and trust services, which are not offered directly by the Company and, the ability by virtue of their greater total capitalization, to have substantially higher lending limits than we do.   In addition, as a result of increased consolidation and the passage of interstate banking legislation, there is and will continue to be increased competition among banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions for the deposit and loan business of individuals and businesses.

As of June 30, 2023, our primary service areas contained 279 banking offices, with approximately $91.4 billion in total deposits.  As of June 30, 2023, we had total deposits of approximately $1.7 billion, which represented approximately 1.8% of the total deposits in the Bank’s primary service area.  There can be no assurance that the Bank will maintain its competitive position against current and potential competitors, especially those with greater resources than the Bank.  The four largest competing banks had 136 total branches and deposits averaged approximately $501 million per office as of June 30, 2023 within the Bank’s primary service area.

In order to compete with major financial institutions in our primary service areas, we use to the fullest extent the flexibility that our independent status permits.  This includes an emphasis on specialized services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts by our officers, directors and employees.  In the event that there are customers whose needs exceed our lending limits, we may arrange for such loans on a participation basis with other financial institutions.  We also assist customers who require other services that we do not offer by obtaining such services from correspondent banks.  However, no assurance can be given that our continued efforts to compete with other financial institutions will be successful.

In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions, such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms. In recent years, increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer money market and mutual funds, wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including online banking services and personal finance software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are offered to customers.

Other Competitive Factors.     General competitive trends in the industry include increased consolidation and competition. Strong competitors, other than financial institutions, have entered banking markets with focused products targeted at highly profitable customer segments. Many of these competitors are able to compete across geographic boundaries and provide customers with increasing access to meaningful alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products areas. Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks within the industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and increase revenues to remain competitive. Competition has also intensified due to the federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand geographically, and the California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state institutions. The Financial Modernization Act, which has made it possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms, insurance companies, and other financial companies, is also expected to intensify competitive conditions.

9

Technological innovations have also resulted in increased competition in the financial services industry. Such innovations have, for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that were previously considered traditional banking products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, mobile devices, ATMs, self-service branches and/or in-store branches.

Business Concentration.    No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to our total assets or deposits, or in relation to our overall business. However, approximately 90% of our loan portfolio held for investment as of December 31, 2023 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, mini-perm loans, real estate mortgage loans and commercial loans secured by real estate. Moreover, our business activities are currently focused primarily in Central California, with the majority of our business concentrated in San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Sacramento, Placer, Inyo and Mono Counties.  Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in the Central California economies and, in particular, the residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of our operations in Central California exposes us to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and floods in this region.

Employees

As of December 31, 2023, we had 230 employees (198 full-time employees and 32 part-time employees). None of our employees are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Economic Conditions and Legislative and Regulatory Developments

As is the case with financial institutions with our size and scope, our profitability primarily depends on interest rate differentials. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control and cannot be predicted, such as inflation, recession and unemployment, and the impact that future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on the Company.  A more detailed discussion of the Company’s interest rate risks and the mitigation of those risks is included in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies.  The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as maintaining price stability, stimulating growth and reducing unemployment) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the target Federal funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on us cannot be predicted.

From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted that may have the effect of materially increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers. In light of recent conditions in the United States economy and the financial services industry, the Biden administration, Congress, the regulators and various states continue to focus attention on the financial services industry. Additional proposals that affect the industry have been and will likely continue to be introduced. The Company cannot predict whether any of these proposals will be enacted or adopted or, if they are, the effect they would have on our business, the Company's operations or financial condition.

Supervision and Regulation in General

The banking and financial services business in which we engage is highly regulated. Such regulation is intended, among other things, to protect depositors insured by the FDIC and the entire banking system. These regulations affect our lending practices, consumer protections, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy.

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank.  The Company and the Bank are each subject to supervision and regulation by a number of federal and state agencies and regulatory bodies, as outlined below.

10

The Company is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). As a bank holding company, the Company is regulated and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. It is also subject to the California Financial Code (the “Financial Code”), as well as limited oversight by the DFPI and the FDIC. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. The BHCA regulates the activities of holding companies including acquisitions, mergers, and consolidations and, together with the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999, the scope of allowable banking activities.

As a California-state chartered bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the DFPI and the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board is the primary federal regulator of state member banks. The Bank is also subject to regulation by the FDIC, which insures the Bank’s deposits as permitted by law. If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the Federal Reserve Board determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of its operations are unsatisfactory, or that it or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the Federal Reserve Board. Such remedies include the power to: enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices; require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice; issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced; direct an increase in capital; restrict growth; assess civil monetary penalties; remove officers and directors; institute a receivership; and, ultimately terminate the bank’s deposit insurance, which would result in a revocation of its charter. The DFPI separately holds many of the same remedial powers.

The commercial banking business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, also known as the FRB or the Federal Reserve Board. As a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are subject to certain regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of our business, including the filing of periodic reports, and activities relating to dividends, investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers and acquisitions, reserves against deposits, and numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and examination of us by the FRB is generally intended to protect depositors and is not intended for the protection of our shareholders. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in U.S. government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and affects interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. Indirectly such actions may also impact the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with us. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

The laws, regulations and policies affecting financial services businesses are continuously under review by Congress and state legislatures and by federal and state regulatory agencies. From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial intermediaries. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and by various bank regulatory agencies and other professional agencies. Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that impact us cannot necessarily be predicted, but they may have a material effect on our business and earnings.

The federal and state bank regulatory agencies may respond to concerns and trends identified in examinations by taking enforcement actions against, and entering into cease and desist orders, consent orders and memoranda of understanding with, financial institutions, that would require action by management and boards of directors to address credit quality, liquidity, risk management and capital adequacy concerns, as well as other safety and soundness or compliance issues. Banks and bank holding companies are also subject to examination and potential enforcement actions by their state regulatory agencies.

11

Bank Holding Company and Bank Regulation

Bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are subject to significant regulation and restrictions by federal and state laws and regulatory agencies.  Federal and state laws, regulations and restrictions, which may affect the cost of doing business, limit permissible activities and expansion or impact the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers, are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC deposit insurance fund, and secondarily for the stability of the U.S. banking system. They are not intended for the benefit of shareholders of financial institutions. The following discussion of key statutes and regulations to which the Company and the Bank are subject is a summary and does not purport to be complete nor does it address all applicable statutes and regulations. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the statutes and regulations referred to in this discussion.

The wide range of requirements and restrictions contained in both federal and state banking laws include:

Requirements that bank holding companies serve as a source of strength for their banking subsidiaries. In addition, the regulatory agencies have “prompt corrective action” authority to limit activities and order an assessment of a bank holding company if the capital of a bank subsidiary falls below required capital levels.

Limitations on dividends payable to shareholders.  A substantial portion of the Company’s funds to pay dividends or to pay principal and interest on our debt obligations is derived from dividends paid by the Bank. The Company’s and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions. The Federal Reserve Board has authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

Limitations on dividends payable by bank subsidiaries.  These dividends are subject to various legal and regulatory restrictions.  The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depositary institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.  Moreover, federal agencies have issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

Safety and soundness requirements. Banks must be operated in a safe and sound manner and meet standards applicable to internal controls, information systems, internal audit, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, as well as other operational and management standards. These safety and soundness requirements give bank regulatory agencies significant latitude in exercising their supervisory authority and their authority to initiate informal or formal enforcement action.

Requirements for approval of acquisitions and activities. Prior approval or non-objection of the applicable federal regulatory agencies is required for most acquisitions and mergers and in order to engage in certain non-banking activities and activities that have been determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be financial in nature, incidental to financial activities, or complementary to a financial activity.  Laws and regulations governing state-chartered banks contain similar provisions concerning acquisitions and activities.

The Community Reinvestment Act (the CRA).The CRA requires that banks help meet the credit needs in their communities, including the availability of credit to low and moderate income individuals. If the Company or the Bank fails to adequately serve their communities, penalties may be imposed, including denials of applications for branches, to add subsidiaries and affiliates, or to merge with or purchase other financial institutions.

The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act, and other anti-money laundering laws. These laws and regulations require financial institutions to assist U.S. government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and other illegal acts by maintaining policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering, terrorist financing, and other suspicious activity.

Limitations on the amount of loans to one borrower and its affiliates and to executive officers and directors.

Limitations on transactions with affiliates.

Restrictions on the nature and amount of any investments in, and ability to underwrite certain securities.

Requirements for opening of branches intra- and interstate.

Fair lending and truth in lending laws to ensure equal access to credit and to protect consumers in credit transactions.

Provisions of the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) and other federal and state laws dealing with privacy for nonpublic personal information of customers.

The following discussion summarizes certain significant laws, rules and regulations affecting both the Company and the Bank. The Bank addresses the many state and federal regulations it is subject to through a comprehensive compliance program that addresses the various risks associated with these issues. The following discussion is not meant to cover all applicable rules and regulations and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to such laws, rules and regulations which may change from time to time.

12

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted in 2010 has broadly affected the financial services industry by creating resolution authorities, requiring ongoing stress testing of capital, mandating higher capital and liquidity requirements, increasing regulation of executive and incentive-based compensation and requiring numerous other provisions aimed at strengthening the sound operation of the financial services sector depending, in part, on the size of the financial institution. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for:

capital standards applicable to bank holding companies may be no less stringent than those applied to insured depository institutions;

annual stress tests and early remediation or so-called living wills are required for larger banks with more than $50 billion of assets as well as risk committees of their boards of directors that include a risk expert, and such requirements may have the effect of establishing new best practices standards for smaller banks;

trust preferred securities must generally be deducted from Tier 1 capital although depository institution holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion as of year-end 2009 were grandfathered with respect to such securities issued prior to March 19, 2020 for purposes of calculating regulatory capital;

the assessment base for federal deposit insurance was changed to consolidated assets less tangible capital instead of the amount of insured deposits, which generally increased the insurance fees of larger banks, but had relatively less impact on smaller banks;

repeal of the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, including business checking accounts, and made permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance;

the establishment of the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) with responsibility for promulgating regulations designed to protect consumers’ financial interests and prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices by financial institutions, and with authority to directly examine those financial institutions with $10 billion or more in assets for compliance with the regulations promulgated by the CFPB;

limits, or places significant burdens and compliance and other costs, on activities traditionally conducted by banking organizations, such as originating and securitizing mortgage loans and other financial assets, arranging and participating in swap and derivative transactions, proprietary trading and investing in private equity and other funds; and

the establishment of new compensation restrictions and standards regarding the time, manner and form of compensation given to key executives and other personnel receiving incentive compensation, including documentation and governance, proxy access by stockholders, deferral and claw-back requirements.

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, federal regulators have adopted regulations to (i) increase capital requirements on banks and bank holding companies pursuant to Basel III, and (ii) implement the so-called “Volcker Rule” of the Dodd-Frank Act, which significantly restricts certain activities by covered bank holding companies, including restrictions on proprietary trading and private equity investing.

13

In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, other legislative and regulatory proposals affecting banks have been made both domestically and internationally. Among other things, these proposals include significant additional capital and liquidity requirements and limitations on size or types of activity in which banks may engage.

Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress that may affect our operations. In addition, the regulations governing us may be amended from time to time. Any legislative or regulatory changes in the future could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

Volcker Rule

The “Volcker Rule” prohibits insured depository institutions and companies affiliated with insured depository institutions (“banking entities”) from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives, commodity futures and options on these instruments, for their own account. The Volker Rule also imposes limits on banking entities’ investments in, and other relationships with, hedge funds or private equity funds. Certain collateralized debt obligations, securities backed by trust preferred securities are exempted.

The Volker Rule provides exemptions for certain activities, including market making, underwriting, hedging, trading in government obligations, insurance company activities, and organizing and offering hedge funds or private equity funds. The Volker Rule also clarifies that certain activities are not prohibited, including acting as agent, broker, or custodian.

The compliance requirements under the Volker Rule vary based on the size of the banking entity and the scope of activities conducted. Banking entities with significant trading operations will be required to establish a detailed compliance program and their CEOs will be required to attest that the program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the final rule. Independent testing and analysis of an institution’s compliance program will also be required. The Volker Rule reduces the burden on smaller, less-complex institutions by limiting their compliance and reporting requirements. Additionally, a banking entity that does not engage in covered trading activities will not need to establish a compliance program. The Company and the Bank held no investment positions at December 31, 2023 or 2022 that were subject to the final rule.  Therefore, while these new rules may require us to conduct certain internal analysis and reporting, we believe that they will not require any material changes in our operations or business.

Capital Adequacy Requirements

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as federal banking agencies, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk. The higher the category, the more risk a bank is subject to and thus the more capital that is required.

The regulatory agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon capital accords of the internal Basel Committee on Bank Supervision (“Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines, which each country’s supervisors can use to determine the supervisory policies they apply to their home jurisdiction. The U.S. regulatory capital rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework provide for a minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6.0% of risk-weighted assets) and a minimum non-risk-based leverage ratio (4.00% eliminating a 3.00% exception for higher rated banks) as well as an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk weighted assets over each of the required capital ratios , which must be met to avoid limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses. The additional “countercyclical capital buffer” is also required for larger and more complex institutions. The rules assign higher risk weighting to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. Banks that have received the highest rating of the five categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets, or “Leverage Capital Ratio”, of at least 3%. All other institutions are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the volume and severity of problem loans.

14

Federal banking regulators may set capital requirements higher than the minimums described above for financial institutions whose circumstances warrant it. For example, a financial institution experiencing or anticipating significant growth may be expected to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets.

A bank may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if, after notice and the opportunity for a hearing, the appropriate federal agency finds an unsafe or unsound condition or practice so warrants, but no bank may be treated as “critically undercapitalized” unless its actual capital ratio warrants such treatment.

At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a bank is generally prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or from making capital distributions, if to do so would make the Bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory authority, including among other things, capital directives, forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and prohibitions on paying certain bonuses without FRB approval. Even more severe restrictions apply to critically undercapitalized banks. Most importantly, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate federal banking agency is required to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank not later than 90 days after the Bank becomes critically undercapitalized.

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance of cease and desist orders, termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a bank), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-affiliated” parties.

Proposed new rules for U.S. implementation of capital requirements under Basel IV rules, more recently referred to as the Basel III "Endgame", were issued by the U.S. federal banking agencies on July 27, 2023. These proposed rules include broad-based changes to the risk-weighting framework for various credit exposures and operational risk capital requirements. However, the proposed rules generally apply only to large banking organizations with total assets of $100 billion or more, and hence, would not be applicable to the Company.

Dividends

The payment of cash dividends by the Bank to the Company is subject to restrictions set forth in the Financial Code.  Prior to any distribution from the Bank to the Company, a calculation is made to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Financial Code and to ensure that the Bank remains within capital guidelines set forth by the DFPI and the FRB. In the event that the intended distribution from the Bank to the Company exceeds the restriction in the Financial Code, advance approval from the FRB is required. Management anticipates that there will be sufficient earnings at the UniversityBank level to provide dividends to the Company to meet its cash requirements for 2024.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the federal banking agencies in identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and institute enforcement proceedings, if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted.

15

Janis L. Powers joined Oak Valley Community Bank

Compensation

Federal banking agencies have issued joint guidance on incentive compensation designed to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations such as the Company are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization and its subsidiary banks. In 2016, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC proposed revised rules on incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion of total assets. These guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.

In October 2022, the SEC adopted final rules implementing the incentive-based compensation recovery (“clawback”) provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rules direct stock exchanges to adopt listing standards that require listed companies to implement clawback policies to recover incentive-based compensation from current or former executive officers in 2000 after relocating from Wichita, Kansas,the event of certain financial restatements and to disclose their clawback policies and their actions under those policies. In June 2023, the SEC approved the Nasdaq Stock Market and the New York Stock Exchange’s proposed clawback listing standards. Listed companies were required to adopt their clawback policy no later than December 1, 2023.The Company has adopted a Nasdaq compliant clawback policy which is where herincluded as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Deposit Insurance and FDIC Insurance Assessments

Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently $250,000 per depositor.

As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions.

The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums quarterly on each FDIC-insured institution based on annualized rates. Each institution with $10 billion or more in assets is assessed under a scorecard method using supervisory ratings, financial ratios and other factors. Such institutions are also subject to a temporary surcharge required by the Dodd-Frank Act. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, deposit insurance premiums are assessed on the amount of an institution’s total assets minus its Tier 1 capital. Smaller institutions are assessed by a method using supervisory ratings and financial ratios.

Community Reinvestment Act

We are subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations involving the CRA. The CRA generally requires federal banking career began. Ms. Powersagencies to evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires that a record be kept of whether a financial institution meets its community credit needs, which record will be taken into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. In measuring a bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations, the regulators now utilize a performance-based evaluation system, which bases CRA ratings on the Company’s actual lending service and investment performance, rather than on the extent to which the institution conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach activities or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection with its assessment of CRA performance, the FRB assigns a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance.” Our CRA performance is evaluated by the FRB under the intermediate small bank requirements. The FRB’s last CRA performance examination was promoted to her current position of Executive Vice President, Risk Management Officerperformed on us and completed in January 2015. With over 20 years of diverse2023 and we received an overall “Outstanding” CRA Assessment Rating.

On May 5, 2022, the FDIC, OCC and the Federal Reserve issued a joint notice of proposed rulemaking to strengthen and modernize the CRA regulatory framework. On October 24, 2023, the federal bank regulatory agencies jointly issued a final rule to modernize CRA regulations consistent with the following key goals: (1) to encourage banks to expand access to credit, investment, and banking experience, sheservices in low to moderate income communities; (2) to adapt to changes in the banking industry, including internet and mobile banking and the growth of non-branch delivery systems; (3) to provide greater clarity and consistency in the application of the CRA regulations, including adoption of a new metrics-based approach to evaluating bank retail lending and community development financing; and (4) to tailor CRA evaluations and data collection to bank size and type, recognizing differences in bank size and business models may impact CRA evaluations and qualifying activities. Most of the final CRA rule’s requirements will be applicable beginning January 1, 2026, with certain requirements, including the data reporting requirements, applicable as of January 1, 2027. We are currently evaluating the impact of the modified CRA regulations, but do not anticipate any resulting material impact to its operations or compliance objectives.

Anti-Money Laundering Regulations

A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Bank Secrecy Act in 1970 require banks to prevent, detect, and report illicit or illegal financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and terrorism. Under the USA Patriot Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk customers, foreign financial institutions, and foreign individuals and entities. We have extensive controls to comply with these requirements.

Privacy, Data Security and Cybersecurity

The GLBA of 1999 imposed requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer privacy. The GLBA generally prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has hadbeen given the opportunity to immerse herselfobject and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to consumers annually. The GLBA also directs federal regulators to prescribe standards for the security of consumer information. We are subject to such standards, as well as standards for notifying consumers in severalthe event of a security breach. We must disclose our privacy policy to consumers and permit consumers to “opt out” of having certain personal financial information disclosed to unaffiliated third parties. We are required to have an information security program to safeguard the confidentiality and security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal. Customers must be notified when unauthorized disclosure involves sensitive customer information that may be misused.

Data privacy and data security are areas of increasing state legislative focus. For example, the California Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020, applies to for-profit businesses that conduct business in California and meet certain revenue or data collection thresholds. The CCPA gives California residents the right to, among other things, request disclosure of information collected about them and whether that information has been sold to others, request deletion of personal information (subject to certain exceptions), opt out of the bank’ssale of their personal information, and not be discriminated against for exercising these rights. In addition, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which became effective in most material respects on January 1, 2023, significantly modifies the CCPA, including by expanding California residents’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency which will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and the CPRA. We will continue to monitor developments related to the CPRA. The full impact of the CPRA on our business units, includingis yet to be determined.

Like other lenders, we use credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), and the FCRA also regulates reporting information to credit bureaus, prescreening individuals for credit offers, sharing of information between affiliates and using affiliate data for marketing operationspurposes. Similar state laws may impose additional requirements on us.

Cybersecurity also remains an area of significant regulatory focus, and compliance.state regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing cybersecurity standards and regulations. In 2005, she moved intoNovember 2021, the Federal Reserve, OCC, and FDIC issued a final rule that, among other things, requires all banking organizations in the United States to notify their primary federal regulators of certain material computer-security incidents as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after determining that the incident has occurred. The SEC recently issued a Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, Governance, and began overseeingIncident Disclosure rule, which became effective in December of 2023, and which requires that a registered company file a Form 8-K to disclose the bank’soccurrence of a material cybersecurity incident within four business days of determining that such an incident has occurred. The rule also requires that a registered company include certain information regarding its information security program as part of its annual Form 10-K filing, including a discussion of its processes for assessing, identifying, and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats and a description of oversight and management of cybersecurity threats at the board and management levels. Recently, several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and providing detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many states have also recently implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements.

Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations

Bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations.

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. The Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, and consumer protection statutes and regulations, such as the:

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

Truth in Savings Act; and

rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

The operations of the Bank are also subject to the:

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended (the “USA Patriot Act”), which requires financial institutions to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations.

Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations generally, we may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities we serve.

Restriction on Transactions between Member Banks and their Affiliates

Transactions between the Company and the Bank are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A places restrictions on the Bank’s “covered transactions” with the Company, including loans and other extensions of credit, investments in the securities of, and purchases of assets from the Company. Section 23B requires that certain transactions, including all covered transactions, be on market terms and conditions. Federal Reserve Regulation W combines statutory restrictions on transactions between the Bank and the Company with FRB interpretations in an effort to simplify compliance with Sections 23A and 23B.

Securities Laws and Corporate Governance

The Company is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, both as administered by the SEC. As a company listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Company is subject to Nasdaq listing standards for listed companies.

As discussed above, we are also subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, and other federal and state laws and regulations which address, among other issues, required executive certification of financial presentations, corporate governance requirements for board audit committees and strategy for enterprise risk. Powerstheir members, and disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. Nasdaq has also manages compliance, internal audit, BSA, CRAadopted corporate governance rules, which are intended to allow shareholders and fraud prevention.

investors to more easily and efficiently monitor the performance of companies and their directors.

Finally, the Company is subject to the provisions of the California General Corporation Law, while the Bank is also subject to the Financial Code provisions.

Environmental Regulations

In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Climate-related Developments

Climate change and the risks it may pose to financial institutions is an area of increased focus by the federal and state legislative bodies and regulators, including the federal banking agencies. In the future, new regulations or guidance may be issued, or other regulatory or supervisory actions may be taken, in this area by the federal banking agencies or other regulatory agencies, or new statutory requirements may be adopted. For example, the federal banking agencies have issued principles for climate-related financial risk management, which are designed to support the identification and management of climate-related financial risks at regulated institutions with more than $100 billion in total consolidated assets. Recently, on March 6, 2024, the SEC adopted new rules that require public companies to disclose substantial information about the material impacts of climate-related risks on their business, financial condition, and governance. These new rules require disclosure of a range of climate-related matters, including: (i) any material climate-related risks and their impacts on the registrant’s business strategy, results of operations, and financial condition, as well as on the registrant’s outlook and business model, (b) any activities, plans, or processes to mitigate, adapt to, or manage material climate-related risks, including the use of transition plans, scenario analyses, or internal carbon prices, (c) Any board oversight and management role in assessing and managing material climate-related risks, (d) any targets or goals that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s business, results of operations, or financial condition, and (e) the financial statement effects of severe weather events and other natural conditions, including costs and losses. Compliance dates will be phased-in among different classes of registrants, with most disclosure and financial statement rules taking effect for smaller reporting companies beginning on fiscal year 2027.

Other Pending and Proposed Legislation

Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect us and the banking industry, in general, are pending and additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California legislature and other governmental bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which our business would be affected thereby.

Available Information

The Company maintains an Internet website at www.ovcb.com. The Company makes available its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and other information related to the Company free of charge, through this site as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files those documents with, or otherwise furnishes them to, the SEC. The SEC maintains a website, http://www.sec.gov., that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with them. The Company’s website also contains its Committee Charters, Code of Ethics, Code of Conduct and Corporate Governance Guidelines. We also use our website as a tool to disclose important information about the company and comply with our disclosure obligations under Regulation Fair Disclosure. The Company’s internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K.

In addition, copies of our filings are available by requesting them in writing or by phone from:

Corporate Secretary

Oak Valley Bancorp

125 North Third Avenue
Oakdale, California

209-844-7578

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities is subject to certain risks. These risk factors and the risks discussed in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk should be considered by prospective and current investors in our securities when evaluating the disclosures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. In that event, the value of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Russell E. StahlOur business strategy includes sustainable growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

We intend to pursue an organic growth strategy for our business. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we may also engage in selected acquisitions of financial institutions, branch acquisitions and other business growth initiatives or undertakings. There can be no assurance that we will successfully execute our organic growth strategy, that we will be able to negotiate or finance such activities or that such activities, if undertaken, will be successful.

There are risks associated with our growth strategy. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot ensure that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks, branches or other assets, as well as other expansion activities, involves various risks including the risks of incorrectly assessing the credit quality of acquired assets, encountering greater than expected costs of integrating acquired banks or branches, the risk of loss of customers and/or employees of the acquired institution or branch, executing cost savings measures, not achieving revenue enhancements and otherwise not realizing the transaction’s anticipated benefits. Our ability to address these matters successfully cannot be assured. There is also the risk that the requisite regulatory approvals might not be received and other conditions to consummation of a transaction might not be satisfied during the anticipated timeframes, or at all. In addition, our strategic efforts may divert resources or management’s attention from ongoing business operations, may require investment in integration and in development and enhancement of additional operational and reporting processes and controls, and may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny. To finance an acquisition, we may borrow funds, thereby increasing our leverage and diminishing our liquidity, or raise additional capital, which could dilute the interests of our existing stockholders.

Our growth initiatives may also require us to recruit experienced personnel to assist in such initiatives. Accordingly, the failure to identify and retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy. In addition, to the extent we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur additional risks related to those new market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas or successfully enter new markets.

If we do not successfully execute our growth plan, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. In addition, if we were to conclude that the value of an acquired business had decreased and that the related goodwill had been impaired, that conclusion would result in an impairment of goodwill charge to us, which would adversely affect our results of operations. While we believe we will have the executive management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth.

Our financial condition and results of operations are dependent on the economy, particularly in the Banks market areas.

Our primary market area is concentrated in the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras. Adverse economic conditions in any of these areas can reduce our rate of growth, affect our customers’ ability to repay loans and adversely impact our financial condition and earnings. General economic conditions, including inflation, unemployment and money supply fluctuations, also may affect our profitability adversely.

A deterioration in economic conditions in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

Demand for our products and services may decline;

Loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

Collateral for our loans may further decline in value; and

The amount of our low cost or noninterest-bearing deposits may decrease.

We cannot accurately predict the possibility of weakness in the national or local economy effecting our future operating results.

We cannot accurately predict the possibility of the national or local economy’s return to recessionary conditions or to a period of economic weakness, which would adversely impact the markets we serve. Any deterioration in national or local economic conditions would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and any economic weakness could present substantial risks for the banking industry and for us.

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, such as actual events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults, or non-performance by financial institutions or transactional counterparties, could adversely affect our current and projected business operations and our financial condition and results of operations.

Actual events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems. For example, on March 10, 2023, Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) was closed by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation, which appointed the FDIC as receiver. Similarly, on March 12, 2023, Signature Bank and Silvergate Capital Corp. were each swept into receivership. Although a statement by the Department of the Treasury, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC indicated that all depositors of SVB would have access to all of their money after only one business day of closure, including funds held in uninsured deposit accounts, it is not certain that the Federal Reserve or FDIC will treat future bank failures similarly. Hence, borrowers under credit agreements, letters of credit and certain other financial instruments with any financial institution that is placed into receivership by the FDIC may be unable to access undrawn amounts thereunder. In addition, if any of our customers, suppliers or other parties with whom we conduct business are unable to access funds pursuant to such instruments or lending arrangements with such a financial institution, such parties’ ability to pay their obligations to us or to enter into new commercial arrangements requiring additional payments to us could be adversely affected.

Inflation and rapid increases in interest rates have led to a decline in the trading value of previously issued government securities with interest rates below current market interest rates. Additionally, there is no guarantee that the U.S. Department of Treasury, FDIC and Federal Reserve Board will provide access to uninsured funds in the future in the event of the closure of other banks or financial institutions, or that they would do so in a timely fashion. There can be no assurance that there will not be additional bank failures or issues such as liquidity concerns in the broader financial services industry or in the U.S. financial system as a whole. Adverse financial market and economic conditions can exert downward pressure on stock prices, security prices, and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to their underlying financial strength.

Any of these impacts, or any other impacts resulting from the factors described above or other related or similar factors, could have material adverse effect on our liquidity and our current and/or projected business operations and financial condition and results of operations.

Recent bank failures have created significant market volatility, regulatory uncertainty, and decreased confidence in the U.S. banking system.

The failures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank in March 2023, followed by the failure of First Republic Bank in May 2023, have caused significant market volatility, regulatory uncertainty, and decreased confidence in the U.S. banking system. These bank failures occurred during a period of rapidly rising interest rates which, among other things, has resulted in unrealized losses in longer duration securities and more competition for bank deposits, and may increase the risk of a potential economic recession in the United States. The failure of other financial institutions may cause deposit outflows as customers spread deposits among several different banks so as to maximize their amount of FDIC insurance, move deposits to banks deemed "too big to fail" or remove deposits from the U.S. financial system entirely. Given such an environment, we may experience more deposit volatility as customers react to adverse events or market speculation involving financial institutions. Inability to access short-term funding or the loss of client deposits could increase our cost of funding, limit access to capital markets or negatively impact our overall liquidity or capitalization.

Ratings agencies have also reacted to recent events by issuing updated ratings and assessments. On April 21, 2023, Moody’s lowered the macro profile of the U.S. banking system reflecting general concern around the banking industry as a whole. Our ratings are subject to further adjustments based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and ability to generate earnings as well as factors not entirely within our control, such as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally.

In response to the bank failures, the United States government may adopt a variety of measures and new regulations designed to strengthen capital levels, liquidity standards, and risk management practices and otherwise restore confidence in financial institutions. Any reforms, if adopted, could have a significant impact on banks and bank holding companies. The premiums of the FDIC’s deposit insurance program are expected to increase, and banking regulators have signaled further review of regulatory requirements and the potential for changes to laws or regulations governing banks and bank holding companies. Changes resulting from these events could include increased regulatory oversight, higher capital requirements or changes in the way regulatory capital is calculated, and the impositions of additional restrictions through regulatory changes or supervisory or enforcement activities, each of which could have a material impact on our business.

The failure to address the federal debt ceiling in a timely manner, downgrades of the U.S. credit rating and uncertain credit and

financial market conditions may affect the stability of securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government, which may affect the valuation or liquidity of our investment securities portfolio and increase future borrowing costs.

Recent federal budget deficit concerns and political conflict over 30legislation to raise the U.S. government’s debt limit have increased the possibility of a default by the U.S. government on its debt obligations, related credit-rating downgrades, or an economic recession in the United States. As a result of uncertain political, credit and financial market conditions, including the potential consequences of the federal government defaulting on its obligations for a period of time due to federal debt ceiling limitations or other unresolved political issues, investments in financial instruments issued or guaranteed by the federal government pose credit default and liquidity risks. Given that future deterioration in the U.S. credit and financial markets is a possibility, losses or significant deterioration in the fair value of our U.S. government issued or guaranteed investments may occur. Downgrades to the U.S. credit rating could affect the stability of securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government and the valuation or liquidity of our portfolio of such investment securities, and could result in our counterparties requiring additional collateral for our borrowings. Further, unless and until U.S. political, credit and financial market conditions have been sufficiently resolved or stabilized, it may increase our future borrowing costs.

There are risks associated with our lending activities and our allowance for credit losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb actual incurred losses in our loan portfolio.

Lending money is a substantial part of our business. Every loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things:

cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

in the case of a collateralized loan, the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral;

the credit history of a particular borrower;

changes in economic and industry conditions; and

the duration of the loan.

We maintain an allowance for credit losses which we believe is appropriate to provide for current expected credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through a periodic review and consideration of several factors, including, but not limited to:

an ongoing review of the quality, size and diversity of the loan portfolio;

evaluation of non-performing loans;

historical default and loss experience;

historical recovery experience;

existing economic conditions;

reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of reported amounts;

risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans; and

the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans.

If actual losses on our loans exceed our estimates used to establish our allowance for credit losses, our business, financial condition and profitability may suffer.

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we review our loans and the loss and delinquency experience, and evaluate economic conditions and make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. If our estimates are incorrect, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in the need for additions to our allowance through an increase in the provision for credit losses. Deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for credit losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require an increase in the provision for credit losses or the recognition of further charge-offs (which will in turn also require an increase in the provision for credit losses if the charge-offs exceed the allowance for credit losses), based on judgments different than that of management. Any increases in the provision for credit losses will result in a decrease in net income and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our underwriting practices may not protect us against losses in our loan portfolio.

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices, including: analyzing a borrower’s credit history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections; valuing collateral based on reports of independent appraisers; and verifying liquid assets. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are, and historically have been, appropriate for the various kinds of loans we make, we have incurred losses on loans that have met these criteria, and may continue to experience higher than expected losses depending on economic factors and consumer behavior. In addition, our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers may be impaired if the models and approaches we use to select, manage, and underwrite our customers become less predictive of future behaviors. Finally, we may have higher credit risk, or experience higher credit losses, to the extent our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral. Deterioration in real estate values and underlying economic conditions in the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras could result in significantly higher credit losses to our portfolio.

Because our loan portfolio has a large concentration of real estate loans, and commercial real estate loans in particular,negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity, or regional and national market conditions, could impair the value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.

As of December 31, 2023, consumer and commercial real estate loans constituted 90% of our loan portfolio, of which 97% were commercial real estate loans. Our real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) significant interest rate fluctuations, (iii) reduction in real estate values in the California Central Valley, (iv) increased competition in pricing and loan structure, and (v) environmental risks, including natural disasters.  As a result of the high concentration of real estate loans in our loan portfolio, potential difficulties in the real estate markets could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would reduce our profits. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located. A decline in real estate values could cause some of our mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss.  Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, the rate of unemployment, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies and acts of nature, such as earthquakes and other natural disasters. Additionally, a decline in real estate values could adversely affect our portfolio of commercial real estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans.

Our commercial real estate loans involve higher principal amounts than other loans and repayment of these loans may be dependent on factors outside our control or the control of our borrowers.

We originate commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties. These loans typically involve higher principal amounts than other types of loans, and repayment is dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service, which may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced as a result of leases not being obtained or renewed in a timely manner or at all, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.

Commercial real estate loans also expose us to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as residential real estate. In addition, many of our commercial real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. Such balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment.

If we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, commercial real estate loans generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectability of our commercial real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.

Repayment of our commercial and industrial loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrower, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may not be sufficient to repay the loan in the event of default.

We make our commercial and industrial loans primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Collateral securing commercial and industrial loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect the amounts due from its customers.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to real properties which we may acquire.

In prior years, due to weakness of the U.S. economy and, more specifically, the California economy, including higher levels of unemployment than the nationwide average and declines in real estate values, certain borrowers have been unable to meet their loan repayment obligations and, as a result, we have had to initiate foreclosure proceedings with respect to and take title to a number of real properties that had collateralized their loans. As an owner of such properties, we could become subject to environmental liabilities and incur substantial costs for any property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up that may be required due to any environmental contamination that may be found to exist at any of those properties, even though we did not engage in the activities that led to such contamination. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties seeking damages for environmental contamination emanating from the site. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities or costs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may hurt our profits.

To be profitable, we have to earn more money in interest that we receive on loans and investments than we pay to our depositors and lenders in interest. If interest rates rise, our net interest income and the value of our assets could be reduced if interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits, increases more quickly than interest received on interest-earning assets, such as loans, other mortgage-related investments and investment securities. This is most likely to occur if short-term interest rates increase at a faster rate than long-term interest rates, which would cause our net interest income to go down. In addition, rising interest rates may hurt our income, because that may reduce the demand for loans and the value of our securities. In a rapidly changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage our interest rate risk effectively, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

If interest rates decline, our net interest income could be reduced if interest rates on interest-earning assets such as loans, investment securities and cash balances, decrease more quickly than interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits.

New lines of business, new products and services, or strategic project initiatives may subject us to additional risks.

From time to time, we may seek to implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible, which could in turn have a material negative effect on our operating results. New lines of business and/or new products or services also could subject us to additional regulatory requirements, increased scrutiny by our regulators and other legal risks.

Additionally, from time to time we undertake strategic project initiatives. Significant effort and resources are necessary to manage and oversee the successful completion of these initiatives. These initiatives often place significant demands on a limited number of employees with subject matter expertise and management and may involve significant costs to implement as well as increase operational risk as employees learn to process transactions under new systems. The failure to properly execute on these strategic initiatives could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater name recognition, resources and lending limits than we do and may offer certain services or prices for services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our markets.

In addition, our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients.

Risks Related to Our Operations

We face significant operational risks.

We operate many different financial service functions and rely on the ability of our employees, third party vendors and systems to process a significant number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss from operations, including fraud by employees or outside persons, employees’ execution of incorrect or unauthorized transactions, data processing and technology errors or hacking and breaches of internal control systems.

Our enterprise risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for losses.

Our enterprise risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established comprehensive policies and procedures and an internal control framework designed to provide a sound operational environment for the types of risk to which we are subject, including credit risk, market risk (interest rate and price risks), liquidity risk, operational risk, compliance risk, strategic risk, and reputational risk. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our current and future risk management strategies, including risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. In certain instances, we rely on models to measure, monitor and predict risks. However, these models are inherently limited because they involve techniques, including the use of historical data in some circumstances, and judgments that cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome in the markets in which we operate, nor can they anticipate the specifics and timing of such outcomes. There is no assurance that these models will appropriately capture all relevant risks or accurately predict future events or exposures. Accurate and timely enterprise-wide risk information is necessary to enhance management’s decision-making in times of crisis. If our enterprise risk management framework proves ineffective or if our enterprise-wide management information is incomplete or inaccurate, we could suffer unexpected losses, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, our businesses and the markets in which we operate are continuously evolving. We may fail to fully understand the implications of changes in our businesses or the financial markets or fail to adequately or timely enhance our enterprise risk framework to address those changes. If our enterprise risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with changes in the financial markets, regulatory requirements, our businesses, our counterparties, clients or service providers or for other reasons, we could incur losses, suffer reputational damage or find ourselves out of compliance with applicable regulatory or contractual mandates.

An important aspect of our enterprise risk management framework is creating a risk culture in which all employees fully understand that there is risk in every aspect of our business and the importance of managing risk as it relates to their job functions. We continue to enhance our enterprise risk management program to support our risk culture, ensuring that it is sustainable and appropriate to our role as a major financial institution. Nonetheless, if we fail to create the appropriate environment that sensitizes all of our employees to managing risk, our business could be adversely impacted.

Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.

Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, regulatory investigations, cybersecurity breaches, marketplace rumors and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We have policies and procedures in place to promote ethical conduct and protect our reputation. However, these policies and procedures may not be fully effective and cannot adequately protect against all threats to our reputation. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental oversight.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general.

Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry.

We currently hold a significant amount of bank owned life insurance.

At December 31, 2023, we held bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) on certain key and former employees and executives and our directors, with a cash surrender value of $31,506,000. The eventual repayment of the cash surrender value is subject to the ability of the various insurance companies to pay death benefits or to return the cash surrender value to us if needed for liquidity purposes. We continually monitor the financial strength of the various companies with whom we carry these policies.

However, any one of these companies could experience a decline in financial strength, which could impair its ability to pay benefits or return our cash surrender value. If we need to liquidate these policies for liquidity purposes, we would be subject to taxation on the increase in cash surrender value and penalties for early termination, both of which would adversely impact earnings.

We rely on numerous external vendors.

We rely on numerous external vendors to provide us with products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements because of changes in the vendor's organizational structure, financial condition, support for existing products and services or strategic focus or for any other reason, could be disruptive to our operations, which in turn could have a material negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We also could be adversely affected to the extent such an agreement is not renewed by the third-party vendor or is renewed on terms less favorable to us.

Our holding company relies on dividends from the Bank for substantially all of its income and the net proceeds of capital raising transactions are currently the primary source of funds for cash dividends to our preferred and common stockholders.

Our primary source of revenue at the holding company level is dividends from the Bank and we also have previously relied on the net proceeds of capital raising transactions as the primary source of funds for cash dividends to our preferred and common stockholders. To the extent we are limited in our ability to raise capital in the future, our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders could likewise be limited, especially if we are unable to increase the amount of dividends the Bank pays to us. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, then we may not be able to service our debt, including our senior notes, pay our other obligations or pay cash dividends on our preferred and common stock. Our inability to service our debt, pay our other obligations or pay dividends to our stockholders could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and the value of your investment in our securities.

We may elect or be compelled to seek additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. At some point, we may need to raise additional capital to support continued growth.

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions, our financial performance and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

Climate change manifesting as physical or transition risks could adversely affect our operations, businesses and customers.

There is an increasing concern over the risks of climate change and related environmental sustainability matters. The physical risks of climate change include discrete events, such as flooding and wildfires, and longer term shifts in climate patterns, such as extreme heat, sea level rise, and more frequent and prolonged drought. Such events could disrupt the Company’s operations or those of its clients or third parties on which it relies, including through direct damage to assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption and market volatility. Additionally, transitioning to a low carbon economy may entail extensive policy, legal, technology, and market initiatives. Transition risks, including changes in consumer preferences and additional regulatory requirements or taxes, could increase expenses and undermine business strategies. In addition, Company’s reputation and client relationships may be damaged as a result of practices related to climate change, including its involvement, or its clients’ involvement, in certain industries or projects associated with causing or exacerbating climate change, as well as any decisions the Company makes to continue to conduct or change its activities in response to considerations relating to climate change, including the setting of climate-related goals, commitments and targets. As climate risk is interconnected with all key risk types, the Company is advancing its processes to embed climate risk considerations into risk management strategies such as market, credit and operational risks; however, because the timing and severity of climate change may not be predictable, risk management strategies may not be effective in mitigating climate risk exposure.

Technology Risks

Our security measures may not be sufficient to mitigate the risk of a cyber-attack or cyber theft.

Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger and virtually all other aspects of our business. Our operations rely on the secure collection, processing, storage, and transmission of confidential, personal, and other information using our computer systems and networks and as part of our internet banking activities, as well as the computer systems and networks of third party service providers that support our operations, but which we do not control. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to enhance them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks, as well as those of our computer systems and networks of third party service providers that support our operations, may be vulnerable to security breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code and cyber-attacks whose objectives include obtaining unauthorized access confidential and personal information, manipulation or destruction of data, disruption or our services, or theft of money. The rapid evolution and increased adoption of artificial intelligence technologies have also given rise to additional vulnerabilities and potential entry points for cyber threats. If one or more of these events occur, this could jeopardize our or our customers' confidential, personal, and other information collected and processed by, stored in, and transmitted through our computer systems and networks and our third party service providers, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or adversely impact our customers or counterparties. These adverse consequences could include causing certain customers to cease doing business with us, impair our ability to attract new customers or expand relationships with existing customers and third parties, making it difficult to service customers and comply with regulatory obligations (including privacy and banking laws), or impair our brand and reputation. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to enhance our protective measures, to investigate any such event, notify individuals, third parties, or regulators, and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. We could also suffer significant reputational damage.

Our security measures may not protect us from systems failures or interruptions.

While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, we outsource certain aspects of our data processing and other operational functions to certain third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

We may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our information security infrastructure or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities in response to continuing information systems security threats.

The occurrence of any systems failure or interruption could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to legal liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in those systems.

We rely heavily on third party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including our online banking services and data processing systems. We also rely on third party vendors, who may experience unauthorized access to and disclosure of client or customer information or the destruction or theft of such information. Any failure or interruption, or breaches in security, of these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and/or loan origination systems and, therefore, could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Additionally, interruptions in service and security breaches could lead existing customers to terminate their banking relationships with us and could make it more difficult for us to attract new banking customers.

We are subject to a variety of federal and state privacy and data security laws, which govern the collection, safeguarding, sharing and use of customer information

We are subject to a variety of federal and state privacy and data security laws, which govern the collection, safeguarding, sharing and use of customer information, and require that financial institutions have in place policies regarding information privacy and security. For example, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and practices for sharing nonpublic information with third parties, provide advance notice of any changes to the policies and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties. It also requires banks to safeguard personal information of consumer customers. Some state laws also protect the privacy of information of state residents and require adequate security for such data, and certain state laws may, in some circumstances, require us to notify affected individuals of security breaches of computer databases that contain their personal information. These laws may also require us to notify law enforcement, regulators or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as well as businesses and governmental agencies that own data.

Data privacy and data security are areas of increasing state legislative focus. The California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which became effective and enforceable in 2020 requires, among other things, covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers regarding the use of personal information, gives California residents expanded rights to access their personal information and allows such consumers new abilities to opt-out of certain sales of personal information.  Further, the new California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) which was passed in November 2020, significantly modifies the CCPA. These modifications may result in additional uncertainty and require us to incur additional costs and expenses in our effort to comply. Because we meet the thresholds set forth in the CCPA and the CPRA, we will be required to comply with these laws. We will continue to monitor developments related to the CCPA and the CPRA. The full impact of the CCPA and the CPRA on our business is yet to be determined.

Like other lenders, we use credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), and the FCRA also regulates reporting information to credit bureaus, prescreening individuals for credit offers, sharing of information between affiliates and using affiliate data for marketing purposes. Similar state laws may impose additional requirements on us.

Regulatory Risks

We operate in a highly regulated environment and our operations and income may be affected adversely by changes in laws, rules and regulations governing our operations.

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the DFPI, FRB and the FDIC. The FRB regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its fiscal and monetary policies determine in a large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return that can be earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. FRB policies can also materially affect the value of financial instruments that we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies also can affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans or satisfy their obligations to us. Changes in policies of the FRB are beyond our control and the impact of changes in those policies on our activities and results of operations can be difficult to predict.

The Company and the Bank are heavily regulated. This regulation is to protect depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, and not stockholders. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose increased capital requirements and restrictions on a bank’s operations, to reclassify assets, to determine the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for credit losses and to set the level of deposit insurance premiums assessed.

Congress, state legislatures and federal and state agencies continually review banking, lending and other laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations or legislation, that applies to us or additional deposit insurance premiums could have a material adverse impact on our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws and applicable regulations are subject to frequent change. Any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or growth prospects. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things.

The Dodd-Frank Act and supporting regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.

The Dodd-Frank Act provides for various capital requirements and new restrictions on financial institutions and their holding companies. These changes may result in additional restrictions on investments and other activities.

Regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act significantly impact our operations, and we expect to continue to face increased regulation. These regulations may affect the manner in which we do business and the products and services that we provide, affect or restrict our ability to compete in our current businesses or our ability to enter into or acquire new businesses, reduce or limit our revenue or impose additional fees, assessments or taxes on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us and the financial services industry, and adversely affect our business operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, established the CFPB with broad authority to administer and enforce a new federal regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have extended implementation periods and require extensive rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by various regulatory agencies. While some rules have been finalized or issued in proposed form, some have yet to be proposed. It is impossible to predict when all such additional rules will be issued or finalized, and what the content of such rules will be.

We must apply resources to ensure that we are in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings. We expect that the Dodd-Frank Act, including current and future rules implementing its provisions and the interpretations of those rules, will reduce our revenues, increase our expenses, require us to change certain of our business practices, increase the regulatory supervision of us, increase our capital requirements and impose additional assessments and costs on us, and otherwise adversely affect our business.

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and new capital rules is uncertain.

Under the U.S. regulatory capital rules to implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework, banking organizations, including the Company are subject to a common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.5 percent of risk-weighted assets and a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement of 6.0 percent of risk-weighted assets and assigns higher risk-weightings than in the past (150 percent) to exposures that are more than two decades within90 days past due or are on non-accrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the information technology area. Since joining Oak Valley Community Bankacquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” in 1998, he has managedexcess of 2.5 percent of common equity tier 1 capital in addition to the development, operations,minimum risk-based capital ratios. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and securitypaying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.

While our current capital levels exceed the capital requirements, our capital levels could decrease in the future as a result of factors such as acquisitions, faster than anticipated growth, reduced earnings levels, operating losses and other factors. The application of more stringent capital requirements for us could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the bank’s technology infrastructure. Mr. Stahl servedraising of additional capital, and result in our inability to pay dividends or repurchase shares if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as Senior Vice President, Information Technology priorthe Equal Credit Opportunity Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, CFPB and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to his promotionchallenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer in January 2017.

Gary W. Stephens joined Oak Valley Community Bank in 2004. Mr. Stephens served as Senior Vice President, Commercial Banking Group prior to his promotion to Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking Group in January 2019. He has over 30 years of commercial banking experience. Stephens has servedour performance under the bankfair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact our rating under the CRA and result in a wide variety of rolessanctions, including Commercial Loan Team Leader, Senior Vice President Credit Administrator,the required payment of damages and Senior Vice President Senior Lending Officer. He earned his B.S. Degreecivil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Non-compliance with the USA Patriot Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in Financefines or sanctions or operating restrictions.

The USA Patriot Act and his MBABank Secrecy Act require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from San Jose State University. He is alsobeing used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. In addition, legal requirements relating to the collection, storage, handling, use, disclosure, transfer, and security of personal data continue to increase, along with enforcement actions and investigations by regulatory authorities related to data security incidents and privacy violations. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines, sanctions or restrictions that could have a 2011 graduatematerial adverse effect on our strategic initiatives. Several banking institutions have received large fines, or suffered limitations on their operations, for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. Although we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, no assurance can be given that these policies and procedures will be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

Increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will negatively impact our earnings.

FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of the Pacific Coast Banking Schooldeposit insurance assessment for institutions with less than $10.0 billion in assets, such as the Bank, is based on its risk category, with certain adjustments for any unsecured debt or brokered deposits held by the insured bank. We may pay higher FDIC premiums in the future and increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will negatively impact our earnings.

Tax and Financial Risks

The Company has a deferred tax asset that may or may not be fully realized.

The Company has a deferred tax asset and cannot assure that it will be fully realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities computed using enacted tax rates. If we determine that we will not achieve sufficient future taxable income to realize our net deferred tax asset, we are required under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to establish a full or partial valuation allowance. If we determine that a valuation allowance is necessary, we are required to incur a charge to operations. We regularly assess available positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax asset will be realized. Realization of a deferred tax asset requires us to apply significant judgment and is inherently speculative because it requires estimates that cannot be made with certainty. At December 31, 2023, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $13.2 million. For additional information, see Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We may experience future goodwill impairment.

If our estimates of the fair value of our reporting units change as a result of changes in our business or other factors, we may determine that a goodwill impairment charge is necessary. Estimates of fair value are based on a complex model using, among other things, estimated cash flows and industry pricing multiples. The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually as of December 31 (the Measurement Date), and quarterly if a triggering event causes concern of a possible goodwill impairment charge. At each Measurement Date, the Company, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35-3, evaluates, based on the weight of evidence, the significance of all qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of each of the reporting units is less than its carrying amount.

The assessment of qualitative factors at the Universitymost recent Measurement Date (December 31, 2023), indicated that it was not more likely than not that impairment existed; as a result, no further testing was performed. No assurance can be given that the Company will not record an impairment loss on goodwill in the future and any such impairment loss could have a material adverse effect on our results of Washington.

operations and financial condition.

Julie N. DeHart joined Oak Valley Community BankIn preparing our financial statements we make certain assumptions, judgments and estimates that affect amounts reported in 2005. Priorour consolidated financial statements, which, if notaccurate, may significantly impact our financial results.

We make assumptions, judgments and estimates for a number of items, including the fair value of financial instruments, goodwill and other intangible assets, the realizability of deferred tax assets, the fair value of stock awards, the allowances for loan losses, income tax provisions and determination, recognition and measurement of impaired loans. These assumptions, judgments and estimates are drawn from historical experience and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates, and such differences could significantly impact our financial results.

General Risks

We depend on our key employees.

Our future prospects are and will remain highly dependent on our directors and executive officers. Our success will, to her promotionsome extent, depend on the continued service of our directors and continued employment of the executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of any of these individuals could have a detrimental effect on our business. Although we have entered into employment agreements with members of our senior management team, no assurance can be given that these individuals will continue to Executive Vice President, Retail Banking Groupbe employed by us. The loss of any of these individuals could negatively affect our ability to achieve our business plan and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our business.

Severe weather, natural disasters such as earthquakes and wildfires, acts of war or terrorism, global pandemics and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their outstanding loans, cause significant property damage or otherwise impair the value of collateral securing our loans, and result in 2021, Ms. DeHart servedloss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although we have established disaster recovery plans and procedures, and we monitor the effects of any such events on our loans, properties and investments, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on us or our earnings or our financial condition.

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders.

Provisions in our charter and bylaws, the corporate law of the State of California and federal regulations could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the market price of any class of our equity securities. These provisions include: the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings, a requirement that only directors may fill a vacancy in our Board of Directors, and the other provisions of our charter and bylaws. Our charter also authorizes our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock, and preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. In addition, pursuant to federal banking regulations, as a general matter, no person or company, acting individually or in concert with others, may acquire more than 10 percent of our common stock without prior approval from our federal banking regulator. These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors.

Our business could be negatively affected as a result of actions by activist stockholders.

Campaigns by stockholders to effect changes at publicly traded companies are sometimes led by investors seeking to increase short-term stockholder value through various corporate actions. In the future we may have disagreements with activist stockholders which could prove disruptive to our operations. Activist stockholders could seek to elect their own candidates to our board of directors or could take other actions intended to challenge our business strategy and corporate governance. Responding to actions by activist stockholders may adversely affect our profitability or business prospects, by diverting the attention of management and our employees from executing our strategic plan. Any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction or strategy arising from activist stockholder initiatives could also cause increased reputational, operational, financial, regulatory and other risks, harm our ability to raise new capital, or adversely affect the market price or increase the volatility of our securities.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and investors views of us could be harmed.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. We have evaluated and tested our internal controls in order to allow management to report on our internal controls, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we are not able to meet the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we would be required to disclose material weaknesses if they develop or are uncovered and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Senior Vice President, Retail Banking Manager since 2017. DeHart has over 24 yearsSecurities and Exchange Commission. Any such action could negatively impact the perception of retail banking experience, including various rolesus in the branch, trainingfinancial market and development,our business. In addition, our internal controls may not prevent or detect all errors and branch administration. Shefraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is a 2019 graduatebased upon certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the Pacific Coast Banking Schoolcontrol system will be met.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they publish negative reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock may be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or change their opinion of our shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to sell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.

The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the Universitystock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of Washington.

Cathy Ghan joined Oak Valley Community Bankthe shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition and prospects;

changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;

failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;

speculation in the press or investment community;

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

acquisitions of other banks or financial institutions;

actions by institutional stockholders;

fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings, or litigation that involve or affect us;

successful management of reputational risk;

health epidemics, such as the recent outbreak of coronavirus; and

domestic and international economic factors, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity, credit, or asset valuations or volatility, unrelated to our performance.

The stock market and, in 2007particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility. As a result, the market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to developoccur. The trading price of the bank's Commercial Real Estate Group with a focusshares of our common stock and the value of our other securities will depend on cultivating new business relationships, centralizationmany factors, which may change from time to time, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, future sales of CRE client portfolios, construction loanour equity or equity related securities, and other factors identified above in “Forward-Looking Statements,” and in this Item 1A — “Risk Factors.” The capital and credit markets can experience volatility and disruption. Such volatility and disruption can reach unprecedented levels, resulting in downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to their underlying financial strength. A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual stockholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity risk management and third-party property services including real estate appraisal. environmentalstrategy

Cybersecurity and inspections. Ghan previously served as Senior Vice President, Commercial Real Estate Group since 2007 before her promotion to Executive Vice President, Commercial Real Estate Group in 2021. Ghan has been a dedicated leaderrisks associated with information security are operational risks included in the commercial real estate lending industryCompany’s Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) Framework. Under the ERM Framework, the Company’s Information Technology department and all employees are the first line of defense (“First Line”). Those in the First Line are each responsible for 30 years. Ghan holdsidentifying and managing the information security risk associated with their activities. The Company’s IT Steering Committee is part of the independent risk oversight of information security risk along with the Company’s Compliance and ERM Committees, both of which are management risk oversight committees. 

The BOD and IT Steering committee are primarily responsible for monitoring management’s implementation of operations and technology risk controls, including those relating to cyber security and information security. The Company maintains a Bachelordata protection and information security program designed to ensure adequate governance and oversight is in place while evolving to meet changes in applicable laws and regulations, and best practices. The Company’s information security controls and programs are designed to align with the National Institute of Science in Organizational Behavior fromStandards and Technology (“NIST”) standards for cybersecurity and the UniversityFederal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) examination guidelines, along with applicable privacy laws. 

Information Security is the responsibility of San Francisco.

Jeffrey A. Gall joined Oak Valley Community Bank in 2006. Mr. Gall served as Vice President, Finance since his arrival until he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer in January 2016. Mr. Gall has 24 yearsthe officers, employees, and agents of banking experience and manages the external audit, financial reporting, internal controls framework, and investor relations in his current role. Mr. Gall has a B.S. in Business Administration from California State University, Sacramento.
The Board of Directors
Biographical information of our current directors, who are not executive officers and are not nominees for election, is set forth below:
Lynn R. Dickerson, 64, joinedCompany with oversight by the Board of Directors (“BOD”). Our investment in January 2021. She waspeople is critical to maintaining an effective cyber defense, which begins by developing and maintaining a robust Information Security function within the CEOFirst Line. The Company’s Chief Information Officer (“CIO") has over 25 years of network architecture, information technology and cybersecurity experience. Collectively, the Company’s senior leadership in this area have nearly 80 years of experience. Each Company employee is responsible for an effective cybersecurity defense which is enforced with mandatory interactive cyber awareness training, periodic newsletters, executive security briefs and updates. Additionally, the BOD is informed about cybersecurity and the relevant risks posed to the Company via regular updates from the Company’s CIO. The BOD is regularly informed and actively oversees the data security and privacy program and its policies. The BOD also receives regular education on innovative technology, cybersecurity, information systems/data management, fintech and privacy. 

Cybersecurity assessments

The Company engages external third parties to perform assessments on our adherence to the FFIEC’s recommendations on cyber preparedness and NIST Cybersecurity Framework, as well as to review for best practices for the use of cloud services and FedLine requirements. To validate the effectiveness of the Gallo CenterCompany’s overall information security controls, external third parties also perform full-scope external and internal penetration testing designed to mimic the tactics used by individual hackers or criminal hacking organizations. The Company also engages external third parties to perform ongoing adversarial simulation. 

The Company conducts regular internal cybersecurity assessments intended to measure inherent risk and drive the adjustment of our security posture according to the latest threats. These assessments include alignment with the FFIEC’s recommendations on cyber preparedness and GLBA Safeguards Rule to protect user data. The Company performs continuous internal and external vulnerability scanning to measure and react to new vulnerabilities and seeks conformance to industry best practices for both cloud-based and on-premises technology. The Company reviews vendor and partner security practices to ensure they maintain proper information security safeguards. 

Cybersecurity operational measures

Led by our CIO, the Arts from 2009 to 2021. Her twelve-year tenure was markedCompany's data protection, information, cyber and technology services team collaborates with operational excellence and tremendous community support. Prior to joining the Gallo Center, Dickerson had a successful 29-year career in the newspaper industry, serving as Publisher & President of The Modesto Bee and subsequently as Vice President of Operations for The McClatchy Company where she oversaw 11 of their 30 newspaperssubject-matter experts throughout the country. Dickersonbusiness to identify, monitor and mitigate material risks, as well as to monitor compliance with the Company’s security polices, applicable laws and regulations. The Company’s security monitoring team manages the security of our systems through the ingestion of multiple external threat feeds and systems logs. Through the collection and integration of security-related IT infrastructure information, external threat intelligence and the expertise of trained security analysts, the Company works to identify and address potential indicators of compromise. Potential security events are identified and addressed through defined IT incident response activities and with support of the Company’s Incident Response Plan. The Incident Response Plan is in place and updated regularly with the current Board Chair forintent to reduce impacts to clients and the Downtown Modesto PartnershipCompany caused by a declared cyber incident, such as an event involving malicious code, unauthorized disclosure, loss of information or unauthorized use of information or systems. The Incident Response Plan organizes resources to manage and servesresolve events that harm or threaten the security of information assets. The Incident Response Plan includes involvement of the Company’s Executive Leadership Team and BOD based on the boardseverity of Opportunity Stanislaus. Shea cyber event, including the analysis of reporting requirements. The Incident Response Plan is a native Texantested annually and a graduate of Texas A&M University where she earned a degreeincludes technical and executive management in Marketing. Lynn is a Stanislaus County resident. Ms. Dickerson adds knowledge of our local business markets and promotes community engagement.

Allison Cherry Lafferty, 47, was appointed to the boards of the Bank and Oak Valley Bancorp in October 2017. Ms. Lafferty is President and Managing Shareholder at Kroloff, Belcher, Smart, Perry & Christopherson, a Professional Law Corporation. She has been with the firm since 1999, owner since 2006, and served as Managing Partner since 2014. She is experienced in all phases of litigation. Her practice focuses on commercial, real estate, product liability, and construction litigation. Ms. Lafferty earned her Juris Doctorate from the University of the Pacific, McGeorge School of Law in Sacramento. She has previously served as a member of the California State Bar Business Law Section, Agribusiness Committee, and previously served as a board member of the Stockton Arts Commission and Stockton Civic Theatre. Ms. Lafferty is a San Joaquin County resident and brings legal and business transactions expertise to the Board.
Terrance P. Withrow, 62, was appointed to fill a vacancy on the boards of the Bank and Oak Valley Bancorp in November 2013. Mr. Withrow, a licensed certified public accountant since 1984, has served as Managing Partner of Withrow & Baggett, LLP, a full-service public accounting firm based in Modesto, California, since 2005. Mr. Withrow is a current member of the California Society of CPAs and has served as a Stanislaus County Supervisor for District 3 since 2011. Mr. Withrow is also an almond and grape farmer. Mr. Withrow enhances the connection between the Board and our community along with bringing accounting expertise to the Board.
simulated crisis management cybersecurity tabletop exercises. 

33

Donald L. Barton, 65, has been a director

As of the Bank since 2006date of this report, other than the risks discussed in “Risk Factors,” the Company knows of no risks from cybersecurity threats that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, the Company is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008. Mr. Bartonbusiness. Our management evaluates its exposure to these claims and proceedings individually and in the aggregate and provides for potential losses on such litigation if the amount of the loss is estimable and the loss is probable.

There are no pending, or to management's knowledge, any threatened, material legal proceedings to which the Company is a party, or to which any of the Company’s properties are subject. Although the results of any such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of any such claims and proceedings will not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PARTII

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Trading Symbol and Holders of Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OVLY.” On February 29, 2024, there were approximately 360 shareholders of record of the common stock and 8,359,556 outstanding shares of common stock. The actual number of shareholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes shareholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees.

Dividends

Our ability to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon our earnings during a specified period, but also on our meeting certain capital requirements.

Dividends the Company declares are subject to the restrictions set forth in the California General Corporation Law (the “Corporation Law”). The Corporation Law provides that a corporation may make a distribution to its shareholders if the corporation’s retained earnings equal at least the amount of the proposed distribution. The Corporation Law also provides that, in the event that sufficient retained earnings are not available for the proposed distribution, a corporation may nevertheless make a distribution to its shareholders if it meets two conditions, which generally stated are as follows: (i) the corporation’s assets equal at least 1 and 1/4 times its liabilities, and (ii) the corporation’s current assets equal at least its current liabilities or, if the average of the corporation’s earnings before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of the corporation’s interest expenses for such fiscal years, then the corporation’s current assets must equal at least 1 and 1/4 times its current liabilities.

Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board has authority to limit the payment of dividends by bank holding companies, such as the Company, in certain circumstances, requiring, among other things, a holding company to consult with the Federal Reserve Board prior to payment of a dividend if the company does not have sufficient recent earnings in excess of the proposed dividend.

The principal source of funds from which the Company may pay dividends is the managing partner at GoldRiver Orchards,receipt of dividends from the Bank. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations. The Bank is subject first to corporate restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. Further, the Bank may not pay a local walnut processing operation which his family starteddividend if it would be undercapitalized after the dividend payment is made. The payment of cash dividends by the Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in 2003. Mr. Barton is immediate past chairmanthe Financial Code. The Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of the lesser of (a) bank’s retained earnings; or (b) bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by the bank or by any majority-owned subsidiary of the bank to the shareholders of the bank during such period. However, a bank may, with the approval of the DFPI, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (a) its retained earnings; (b) its net income for its last fiscal year; or (c) its net income for its current fiscal year. In the event that the DFPI determines that the shareholders’ equity of a bank is inadequate or that the making of a distribution by the bank would be unsafe or unsound, the DFPI may order the bank to refrain from making a proposed distribution. The FDIC may also restrict the payment of dividends if such payment would be deemed unsafe or unsound or if after the payment of such dividends, the bank would be included in one of the “undercapitalized” categories for capital adequacy purposes pursuant to federal law.

While the Federal Reserve Board has no general restriction with respect to the payment of cash dividends by an adequately capitalized bank to its parent holding company, the Federal Reserve Board might, under certain circumstances, place restrictions on the ability of a particular bank to pay dividends based upon peer group averages and the performance and maturity of the particular bank, or object to management fees to be paid by a subsidiary bank to its holding company on the basis that such fees cannot be supported by the value of the services rendered or are not the result of an arm’s length transaction.

Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if dividends are declared by our Board of Western Agricultural Processors Association, an organizationDirectors. Although we have paid dividends in the past, it is no guarantee that provides advocacy, trainingwe will pay cash dividends in the future.

Share Repurchases

The Company has no repurchase plans or programs with respect to its common stock or equity securities in place and consultingtherefore there were no repurchased shares during the quarter ended December 31, 2023.

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OFOPERATIONS

The following discussion of financial condition as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and results of operations for the tree nut industry of California. Barton also serves as chairmaneach of the Liaison Actionyears in the two-year period ended December 31, 2022 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, included in this report. Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally comprised of average daily balances. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should carefully read Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included in this report.

Introduction

Our continued focus on responsible community banking fundamentals and our strong customer relationships have enabled us to increase our market presence through growth in our loan portfolio, which is primarily funded by steady core deposit growth.

As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $1.84 billion in total assets, $1.02 billion in total gross loans, and $1.65 billion in total deposits.

We believe the following were key indicators of our performance during 2023:

Total assets decreased to $1.84 billion at the end of 2023, a decrease of 6.4%, from $1.97 billion at the end of 2022.

Total deposits decreased to $1.65 billion at the end of 2023, a decrease of 9.0%, from $1.81 billion at the end of 2022.

Total net loans increased to $1.00 billion at the end of 2023, an increase of 11.0%, from $905 million at the end of 2022.

Net interest income increased to $75.8 million in 2023, an increase of $15.7 million or 26.2%, compared to $60.1 million in 2022, mainly as a result of rising interest rates and growth of our loan portfolio.

Provisions for credit losses of $970,000 and a reversal of credit loss provisions totaling $1,350,000 were recorded in 2023 and 2022, respectively. The provision in 2023 was mainly due to macro-economic conditions and loan growth.

The ratio of total non-performing loans to total loans remained at 0.00% as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Total noninterest income increased to $6.6 million in 2023, an increase of 19.0%, from $5.6 million in 2022, which is mainly due to positive changes in the fair value of equity securities and increases in service charges on deposit accounts.

Total noninterest expense increased from $37.3 million in 2022 to $41.2 million in 2023, primarily due to staffing increases and general operating costs necessary to support the growing loan and deposit portfolios.

Provision from income taxes increased by $2.7 million to $9.5 million in 2023, due to higher pre-tax income.

These items, as well as other factors, contributed to the increase in net income for 2023 to $30.8 million from $22.9 million in 2022, which translates into $3.75 per diluted share in 2023 as compared to $2.79 per diluted share in 2022.

Over the past several years, our network of branches and loan production offices have expanded geographically. We currently maintain eighteen full-service offices. We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of additional branches and loan production offices as our needs and resources permit.

2024 Outlook

As we begin our strategic business plan for 2024, we remained focused on relationship-based expansion throughout our market area. We plan to continue to focus on growth of our loan and deposit portfolios to ease pressure on our net interest margin, while attempting to control expenses and credit losses.

Unfavorable trends in inflation prompted the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee, or FOMC, to increase the target federal funds rate in 2022 and 2023, which resulted yield increases on our earning assets. We expect this positive impact will continue to some degree in 2024 due to continued repricing of existing loans. However, the negative impact of the California Walnut Handlers Coalition. Previously, heFOMC rate hikes was Vice President Marketing at increased rates on deposit accounts, which we expect will continue into 2024. Deposit interest rates are determined based on customer demand, market surveys of offerings from competitive institutions, and overall liquidity position.

The Wornick Company,Fed Funds rate is forecasted to decrease towards the end of 2024, which could potentially compress net interest income and President at Heidi’s Gourmet Desserts. Beforenet interest margin further, given that heour balance sheet is slightly asset sensitive to interest rate changes primarily due to the variable rate loans and interest-earning cash balances.

For 2024, management remains focused on the above challenges and opportunities and other factors affecting the business similar to the factors driving the 2023 results as discussed in this section.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Critical accounting estimates are those estimates made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that involve a significant level of estimation and uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a numbermaterial impact on our financial condition and results of managerialoperations. We consider accounting estimates to be critical to our financial results if (i) the accounting estimate requires management to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain, (ii) management could have applied different assumptions during the reported period, and executive positions(iii) changes in the foodaccounting estimate are reasonably likely to occur in the future and agribusiness industries, including positions with Cargillcould have a material impact on our financial statements. Management has determined the following accounting estimates and HJ Heinz. Mr. Bartonrelated policies to be critical:

Goodwill Impairment

The Company applies a qualitative analysis of conditions in order to determine if it is a Stanford graduatemore likely than not that the carrying value is impaired. In the event that the qualitative analysis suggests that the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired, the Company uses several quantitative valuation methodologies in evaluating goodwill for impairment that includes assumptions and earned his MBA from Santa Clara University. Mr. Barton is an Oakdale, California resident. Mr. Barton adds knowledgeestimates made concerning the future earnings potential of the local economyorganization, and a market-based approach that looks at values for organizations of comparable size, structure and business model.

Estimates of fair value are based on a complex model using, among other things, estimated cash flows and industry pricing multiples. The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually as of December 31 (the Measurement Date), and quarterly if a triggering event causes concern of a possible goodwill impairment charge. At each Measurement Date, the Company, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35-3, evaluates, based on the weight of evidence, the significance of all qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the Board.

Thomas A. Haidlen, 75, has been a directorfair value of each of the Bank since 1991reporting units is less than its carrying amount.

The assessment of qualitative factors at the most recent Measurement Date (December 31, 2023), indicated that it was not more likely than not that impairment existed; as a result, no further testing was performed.

Allowance for credit losses

Credit risk is inherent in the business of lending and making commercial loans. Accounting for our allowance for credit losses involves significant judgment and assumptions by management and is based on historical data as well as reasonable and supportable forecasts of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008. Mr. Haidlen was born in Oakdalefuture events. At least on a quarterly basis, our management reviews the methodology and has resided in Oakdaleadequacy of allowance for over 50 years. He ownscredit losses and operates the Haidlen Ford Dealership in Oakdale, California that was established in Oakdale in 1955. Mr. Haidlen helps connect our banking operations with the local commercial community.

Daniel J. Leonard, 75, was appointedreports its assessment to fill a vacancy on the boards of the Bank and Oak Valley Bancorp in January 2012. Mr. Leonard currently serves as the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Bronco Wine Company, where he has been employed for over 35 years. He is also the President and Chief Operating Officer of Bivio Transport & Logistics Company, providing logistic solutions to the wine industry. He has served on the Board of Directors for its review and approval.

The allowance for credit losses is an estimate dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the Wine Institute, a voicecomposition of the loans, qualitative factors, the valuation of problem loans and the general economic conditions in our market area. See Note 1 and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, and the “Provision for Credit Losses” and “Allowance for Credit Losses” sections of this discussion and analysis for more information on the establishment of the Allowance for Credit Losses and the implementation of the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided for the California wine industry,temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the State of California. We are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2020 for U.S. federal or for years before 2019 for California.

Fair Value Measurements

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available for sale, derivatives, and loans held for sale, if any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for investment and securities held to maturity that are other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower-of-cost or market accounting.

We have established and documented a process for determining fair value. We maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily available market data, management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial statements. For detailed information on our use of fair value measurements and our related valuation methodologies, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

Results of Operations

The Company earns income from two primary sources. The first is net interest income, which is interest income generated by earning assets less interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The second is noninterest income, which primarily consists of deposit service charges and fees, the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance, investment advisory service fee income and mortgage commissions. The majority of the Company's noninterest expenses are operating costs that relate to providing a full range of banking services to our customers.

Overview

We recorded net income for the past 28 years. Mr. Leonardyear ended December 31, 2023 of $30,848,000 or $3.75 per diluted share compared to $22,902,000 or $2.79 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily due to an increase of $15,726,000 in net interest income, mainly from the positive impact of FOMC interest rate hikes and the growth of our loan portfolio. Non-interest income increased by $1,060,000 in 2023, mainly as a result of fair value changes on equity securities and increased service charges on deposit accounts. The provision for credit losses increased compared to last year, mainly due to loan growth. Non-interest expense increased by $3,849,000 associated with staffing and general operating overhead increases to support the growth of our loan and deposit portfolios.

Highlights of the financial results are presented in the following table:

  

As of and for the years ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2023

  

2022

 

For the period:

        

Net income available to common shareholders

 $30,848  $22,902 

Net income per common share:

        

Basic

 $3.76  $2.80 

Diluted

 $3.75  $2.79 

Return on average common equity

  21.87%  18.21%

Return on average assets

  1.64%  1.17%

Common stock dividend payout ratio of earnings during the period

  8.53%  10.75%

Efficiency ratio

  48.81%  54.29%

At period end:

        

Book value per common share

 $20.03  $15.33 

Total assets

 $1,842,422  $1,968,346 

Total gross loans

 $1,016,579  $915,758 

Total deposits

 $1,650,534  $1,814,297 

Net loan-to-deposit ratio

  60.85%  49.88%

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Our primary source of revenue is currentlynet interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees derived from earning assets and interest paid on liabilities obtained to fund those assets. Our net interest income is affected by changes in the level and mix of interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities, referred to as volume changes. Our net interest income is also affected by changes in the yields earned on assets and rates paid on liabilities, referred to as rate changes. Interest rates charged on our loans are affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and competitive factors. Those factors are, in turn, affected by general economic conditions and other factors beyond our control, such as federal economic policies, the general supply of money in the economy, legislative tax policies, governmental budgetary matters, and the actions of the Federal Reserve Board.

For a detailed analysis of interest income and interest expense, see the “Average Balance Sheets” and the “Rate/Volume Analysis” below.

  

Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income

 
  

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 
  Average Balance  

Interest

Income/

Expense

  

Avg

Rate/

Yield

  

Average Balance

  

Interest

Income/

Expense

  

Avg

Rate/

Yield

 

Assets:

                        

Earning assets:

                        

Gross loans (1) (2)

 $949,429  $44,854   4.72% $888,135  $38,972   4.39%

Securities - tax-exempt (2)

  313,559   12,487   3.98%  278,859   10,367   3.72%

Securities - taxable

  243,300   10,550   4.34%  194,034   5,935   3.06%

Federal funds sold

  27,197   1,414   5.20%  22,164   415   1.87%

Interest-earning deposits

  275,160   13,901   5.05%  495,854   7,738   1.56%

Total interest-earning assets

  1,808,645   83,206   4.60%  1,879,046   63,427   3.38%

Total noninterest earning assets

  70,820           83,576         

Total Assets

 $1,879,465          $1,962,622         

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:

                        

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                        

Demand

  493,164   1,358   0.28%  481,515   452   0.09%

Money market

  374,828   2,711   0.72%  417,896   481   0.12%

Savings

  147,180   197   0.13%  167,582   82   0.05%

Time deposits $250,000 and under

  24,172   375   1.55%  23,365   58   0.25%

Time deposits over $250,000

  16,443   222   1.35%  17,339   46   0.27%

Borrowed funds

  20   1   5.00%  0   0   0.00%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  1,055,807   4,864   0.46%  1,107,697   1,119   0.10%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                        

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  653,034           709,150         

Other liabilities

  29,585           20,004         

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

  682,619           729,154         

Shareholders' equity

  141,039           125,771         

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 $1,879,465          $1,962,622         

Net interest income

     $78,342           $62,308     

Net interest spread (3)

          4.14%          3.27%

Net interest margin (4)

          4.33%          3.32%


(1)

Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.

(2)

Yields on municipal securities and loans have been adjusted to their fully-taxable equivalents (FTE), based on a federal marginal tax rate of 21.0%.

(3)

Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)

Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

Net interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis (“FTE”), increased $16,034,000 or 25.7% to $78,342,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $62,308,000 in 2022. Net interest spread and net interest margin were 4.14% and 4.33%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 3.27% and 3.32%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2022. This upward trend is mainly due to the FOMC rate hikes that begin in March 2022, resulting in an increase in earning asset yields, as described below.

Our earning asset yield increased 122 basis points in 2023 compared to 2022. The FOMC increased the federal funds target rate from a range of 0% to 0.25% at the beginning of 2022, to 4.25% to 4.50% by the end of the year. The FOMC approved additional rate hikes in 2023 to a range of 5.25% to 5.50%. All earning asset yields benefited from these increases, especially our interest-bearing cash accounts that receive the full impact of those increases. These cash balances averaged $302 million in 2023, representing over 16% of total average assets. The yield on loans recognized an increase of 33 basis points for 2023 as compared to 2022, due to the upward repricing of variable rate loans and higher rate indexes on new loans. Growth in average gross loans of $61 million, also contributed to net interest margin expansion.

The cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities increased to 0.46% in 2023 compared to 0.10% in 2022 as a result of the FOMC rate hikes, competitive pressure and customer demand for higher rates. The decrease in deposit balances in 2023 also contributed to the rise in deposit rates, as management utilized promotional rates in order to match competition as a means to retain deposit relationships.

The net interest margin expansion the Company recognized in 2023, is due to the factors discussed above but could reverse and result in interest margin compression if rate indexes on assets were to fall, and/or: 1) deposit interest rates continue to increase due to customer demand, or competitive pressure from peer banks, 2) competition in the lending market restrict significant increases in new loan rates, and 3) deposit growth out-paces loan growth as recognized in recent years, resulting in higher interest-bearing cash balances, which would offer lower yields than loans and investments depending if the FOMC were to cut the Federal Funds rate.

Changes in volume resulted in an increase in net interest income (on a FTE basis) of $2,186,000 for the year of 2023 compared to the year 2022, and changes in interest rates and the mix resulted in an increase in net interest income (on a FTE basis) of $13,848,000 for the year 2023 versus the year 2022. Management closely monitors both total net interest income and the net interest margin.

Market rates are in part based on the BoardFOMC target Federal funds interest rate (the interest rate banks charge each other for short-term borrowings).  The change in the Federal funds sold rates is the result of Opportunity Stanislaus,target rate changes implemented by the FOMC.   In 2020, the FOMC decreased the Federal funds rate by 0.50% and 1.00% on two occasions in March resulting in a local non-profit Economic Development Agency. He also servesrange of 0.00% to 0.25% as Chairman Emeritusof December 31, 2020 and 2021. In 2022, the FOMC raised the federal funds rate seven times by an aggregate of 4.00%. In 2023, the FOMC raised the Federal funds rate four times by 0.25% resulting in a range of 5.25% to 5.50%. If FOMC were to cut rates in 2024 or thereafter, we expect this would have a negative impact on our net interest income, due to repricing of interest-bearing cash balances, existing loans and investment securities.

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the BoardCompany for the periods indicated. For each category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (change in average volume multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by old average volume). Changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been allocated to the changes due to volume and rate in proportion to the absolute value of the Parent Resource Center,changes due to volume and rate prior to the allocation.

  

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income

 
                         
  

For the Year Ended December 31,

  

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

2023 vs. 2022

  

2022 vs. 2021

 
  

Increases (Decreases)

  

Increases (Decreases)

 
  

Due to Change In

  

Due to Change In

 
  

Volume

  

Rate

  

Total

  

Volume

  

Rate

  

Total

 

Interest income:

                        

Net loans (1)

 $2,690  $3,192  $5,882  $(2,616) $(2,264) $(4,880)

Securities - tax exempt

  1,290   830   2,120   5,135   630   5,765 

Securities - taxable

  1,507   3,108   4,615   1,839   2,343   4,182 

Federal funds sold

  94   905   999   (12)  391   379 

Interest-earning deposits

  (3,444)  9,607   6,163   80   7,057   7,137 

Total interest income

  2,137   17,642   19,779   4,426   8,157   12,583 

Interest expense:

                        

Interest-Earning DDA

 $11  $895  $906  $110  $(69) $41 

Money market deposits

  (50)  2,280   2,230   63   41   104 

Savings deposits

  (10)  125   115   13   0   13 

Time deposits $250,000 and under

  2   315   317   4   (7)  (3)

Time deposits over $250,000

  (2)  178   176   1   (8)  (7)

Borrowed funds

  0   1   1   0   0   0 

Total interest expense

  (49)  3,794   3,745   191   (43)  148 

Change in net interest income

 $2,186  $13,848  $16,034  $4,235  $8,200  $12,435 


(1)

Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.

Provision for credit losses

Credit risk is inherent in the business of making loans. The Company establishes an allowance for credit losses through charges to earnings, which are shown in the consolidated statements of income as the provision for credit losses. Specifically identifiable and quantifiable losses are promptly charged off against the allowance. The Company maintains the allowance for credit losses at a Modesto, California non-profit organization,level that it considers to be adequate to provide for credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio. Management determines the level of the allowance by performing a quarterly analysis that considers concentrations of credit, past loss experience, current economic conditions, the amount and composition of the loan portfolio (including nonperforming and potential problem loans), estimated fair value of underlying collateral, and other information relevant to assessing the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio such as loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, and delinquencies. As a result of management’s analysis, a range of the potential amount of the allowance for credit losses is determined.

The Company recorded provision for credit loss of $970,000 and a reversal totaling $1,350,000 during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The 2023 provision was mainly due to loan growth and was based on macro-economic conditions among other factors as determined by our internal credit risk model. Included in 2022, was the reversal of approximately $1,100,000 for the qualitative adjustment corresponding to the COVID-19 pandemic, which he has been involvedwas initially recorded during the second quarter of 2020 and totaled $1,620,000 at that time. The Company did not have any nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The allowance for over 25 years. Mr. Leonard brings businesscredit losses was $10,896,000 and financial experience$9,468,000 as of December 31, 2023 and additional business ties in our communities to Oak Valley Bancorp.

Ronald C. Martin, 75, has served2022, or 1.07% and 1.03%, respectively, of total loans. The increase as a directorpercentage of total loans is due to the previously mentioned loan growth and macro-economic conditions. The strong credit quality has resulted in net loan recoveries of $112,000 and $80,000 in 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The Company will continue to monitor the adequacy of the Bank since 1992allowance for credit losses and make additions to the allowance in accordance with the analysis referred to above. Because of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008. Heuncertainties inherent in estimating the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses, actual results may differ from management’s estimate of credit losses and the related allowance.

Noninterest Income

The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest income for the periods indicated:

(in thousands)

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

  

Year-Over-Year

 
  

Amount

  

%

  

Amount

  

%

  

$ Change

  

% Change

 

Service charges on deposits

 $1,813   27.3% $1,596   28.6% $217   13.6%

Debit card transaction fee income

  1,773   26.7%  1,734   31.1%  39   2.2%

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

  788   11.9%  749   13.4%  39   5.2%

Mortgage commissions

  20   0.3%  73   1.3%  (53)  -72.6%

Gain on sales and calls of available-for-sale securities

  156   2.4%  0   0.0%  156   0.0%

Other income

  2,081   31.4%  1,419   25.6%  662   46.7%

Total non-interest income

 $6,631   100.0% $5,571   100.0% $1,060   19.0%
                         

Average assets

 $1,879,465       1,962,622             

Noninterest expenses as a % of average assets

      0.4%      0.3%        

Noninterest income was also$6,631,000 for the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer until June 2013. Mr. Martin began his banking careeryear ended December 31, 2023, compared to $5,571,000 for the year 2022. Service charge income increased to $1,813,000 in 1977 with River City Bank2023 compared to $1,596,000 for 2022, due to an increase in Sacramento, California. Between 1977overdraft fees and 1987, he was employedthe number of checking accounts. Debit card transaction fee income increased to $1,773,000 in 2023 as compared to $1,734,000 in 2022, as a result of the increase in the Sacramento area,aggregate number of transaction deposit accounts and corresponding service fee income. Earnings on the cash surrender value of life insurance recognized an increase of $39,000 in 2023 compared to 2022, due to higher yields earned on certain life insurance policies. Mortgage commissions have decreased by $53,000 for the year 2023, as compared to 2022, as a result of the decreased demand for home purchases and refinancing. In 2023, other income increased by $662,000, which includes a $511,000 positive change in the fair value of equity securities, and an increase of $156,000 from gains on called and sold securities, as compared to 2022. The Company continues to evaluate its deposit product offerings with the intention of continuing to expand its offerings to the consumer and business depositors.

Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest expenses for the periods indicated:

(in thousands)

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

  

Year-Over-Year

 
  

Amount

  

%

  

Amount

  

%

  

$ Change

  

% Change

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 $26,109   63.4% $23,045   61.8% $3,064   13.3%

Occupancy expenses

  4,541   11.0%  4,151   11.1%  390   9.4%

Data processing fees

  2,729   6.6%  2,343   6.3%  386   16.5%

Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DFPI)

  1,020   2.5%  927   2.5%  93   10.0%

Other operating expenses

  6,758   16.5%  6,842   18.3%  (84)  -1.2%

Total non-interest expense

 $41,157   100.0% $37,308   100.0% $3,849   10.3%
                         
                         

Average assets

 $1,879,465      $1,962,622             

Noninterest expenses as a % of average assets

      2.2%      1.9%        

Noninterest expense was $41,157,000 for the year ended December 198731, 2023, an increase of $3,849,000 or 10.3% compared to January 1992 he served as President$37,308,000 for the year ended 2022. Salaries and Chief Executive Officer of Butte Savingsemployee benefits increased by $3,064,000 in Chico, California. Mr. Martin has a B.S. in Finance from the University of Arizona. Mr. Martin is a veteran banker with a deep understanding2023, due to expansion of our local community banking needs.

James L. Gilbert, 77, has been a Directorstaff to support loan and deposit growth, including the staff at our new Roseville branch that opened in December 2022.

Occupancy expense realized an increase of $390,000 in 2023 compared to the Bank since 1991prior year, primarily from rent, utilities and facility maintenance increases on certain branch locations, including the overhead expenses related to our new Roseville branch that opened in December 2022.

Data processing costs increased in 2023 over 2022 by $386,000, primarily due to servicing costs on the growing number of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008.  Mr. Gilbert has lived in Oakdale, California since 1946.  Mr. Gilbert is an ownerloan and executive of A.L. Gilbert Co., a business that has been in Oakdale for over 125 years. Mr. Gilbert has been involved in the feed and seed businessdeposit accounts, as well as retail feed storesupgrades to our online banking platform.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and almond farmingCalifornia Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (“DFPI”) regulatory assessments increased by $93,000 in 2023 over 2022, mainly due to the FDIC increasing the base rate to 0.05%, on an annual basis, for approximately 50 years. Mr. Gilbert enhancesall member banks in order to build up the connectionDeposit Insurance Fund. The FDIC adopted a final rule in June 2022, applicable to all insured depository institutions, to increase initial base deposit insurance assessment rate schedules uniformly by 2 basis points, beginning in the first quarterly assessment period of 2023. The final rule became effective as of January 1, 2023, with an invoice payment date of June 30, 2023. The FDIC said that the increase in assessment rate schedules is intended to increase the likelihood that the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance fund reaches the statutory minimum of 1.35 percent by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2028. The final assessment rate for financial institutions is determined by making adjustments to the base rate for various credit quality factors and other risk metrics of the institution as defined by the FDIC. The Company’s risk profile and the related assessment rate remains at a relatively low level due to our strong credit quality, earnings and risk-based capital ratios. Management recognizes that assessments could increase further depending on deposit growth throughout the remainder of 2024, as the FDIC assessment rates are applied to average quarterly total liabilities as the primary basis, and based on FDIC’s discretion to increase the base assessment rate as needed to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund. Moreover, the FDIC retains the authority and discretion to increase base assessment rates for banking entities in the future, as circumstances warrant.

Other operating expenses decreased by $84,000 in 2023 as compared to 2022, due to the reversal of $484,000 in undisbursed loan commitment loss provisions as dictated by the calculation within our CECL internal loan-risk model, which was partially offset by various general operating expense increases required to support our growing business portfolios and compliance mandates. Some of these included audit expenses, software license fees and ATM processing expenses.

Management anticipates that noninterest expense should continue to increase as we continue to grow, and management believes the Company’s administration as currently set up is scalable to handle future deposit growth.  However, management remains committed to cost-control and efficiency, and we expect to keep these increases to a minimum relative to growth.

Provision for Income Taxes

We reported a provision for income taxes of $9,458,000 and $6,787,000 for the years 2023 and 2022, respectively. The effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 23.5% for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 22.9% for the year 2022. These provisions reflect accruals for taxes at the applicable rates for federal income tax and California franchise tax based upon reported pre-tax income and adjusted for the effects of all permanent differences between income for tax and financial reporting purposes (such as earnings on qualified municipal securities, BOLI and certain tax-exempt loans). The disparity between the Board and our community.

H. Randolph Holder, 67, has been a director of the Bank and Oak Valley Bancorp since January 2016. Holdereffective tax rates for 2023 as compared to 2022 is President and CEO of Clarke Broadcasting Corp., which owns and operates KVML, KZSQ, and KKBN, Sonora’s local radio stations since 1986. In 2000, he launched the mymotherlode.com website and community portal. Holder resided in Sonoraprimarily due to tax credits from 1986 to 1999 and currently maintains his businesses and a home in the community. He has been active in community affairs and is past President of the Tuolumne County Chamber of Commerce, the Economic Development Company of Tuolumne County, and a past Director of the Sonora Community Hospital Governing Board. Mr. Holder brings valuable business experiencelow-income housing projects as well as an understandingtax-free income on municipal securities and loans that comprised a larger proportion of pre-tax income in 2022 as compared to 2023.

Financial Condition

The Company’s total assets were $1,842,422,000 at December 31, 2023 compared to $1,968,346,000 at December 31, 2022, a decrease of $125,924,000 or 6.4%. Net loans increased by $99,242,000, investments decreased $9,218,000, bank premises and equipment increased $565,000, interest receivable and other assets decreased $4,651,000 while cash and cash equivalents decreased $213,065,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to December 31, 2022.

Loans gross of the local community.

Janet S. Pelton, 67, has beenallowance for credit losses and deferred fees were $1,016,579,000 as of December 31, 2023, compared to $915,758,000 as of December 31, 2022, an increase of $100,821,000 or 11.0%. The increase was due to an increase of $101,126,000 or 12.8% in commercial real estate loans, a directordecrease of $1,904,000 or 5.7% in consumer loans, an increase of $4,745,000 or 22.4% in agriculture loans, and a decrease of $3,146,000 or 4.6% in commercial and industrial loans. The composition remained relatively unchanged as a percentage of total loans, with commercial real estate comprising 88% and 85% of the Bankloan portfolio at December 31, 2023 and Oak Valley Bancorp since June 2013. Ms. Pelton,2022, respectively.

Deposits decreased $163,763,000 or 9.0% to $1,650,534,000 as of December 31, 2023 compared to $1,814,297,000 at December 31, 2022. Demand, Money Market, and Savings decreased by $102,491,000, $42,411,000 and $34,198,000, respectively, while Time Deposits increased by $15,337,000, as of December 31, 2023 as compared to December 31, 2022.

There were no short-term borrowing or long-term debt outstanding balances at December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company uses short-term borrowings, primarily short-term FHLB advances, to fund short-term liquidity needs, if needed, and manage net interest margin.

Equity increased $39,466,000 or 31.2% to $166,092,000 as of December 31, 2023, compared to $126,626,000 at December 31, 2022. Equity increased due to earnings and the positive impact interest rates had on our unrealized loss on available-for-sale investment securities.

Investment Activities

Investments are a licensed certified public accountant since 1980,key source of interest income. Management of our investment portfolio is currentlyset in accordance with strategies developed and overseen by our Investment Committee. Investment balances, including cash equivalents and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, are subject to change over time based on our asset/liability funding needs and interest rate risk management objectives. Our liquidity levels take into consideration anticipated future cash flows and all available sources of credits and are maintained at levels management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting anticipated funding needs.

Cash Equivalents and Interest-bearing Deposits in other Financial Institutions

The Company holds federal funds sold, unpledged available-for-sale securities and salable government guaranteed loans to help meet liquidity requirements and provide temporary holdings until the tax partnerfunds can be otherwise deployed or invested. As of December 31, 2023, and former managing partner from 20032022, we had $36,500,000 and $13,830,000, respectively, in federal funds sold.

Investment Securities

Management of our investment securities portfolio focuses on providing an adequate level of liquidity and establishing an interest rate-sensitive position, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. Investment securities that we intend to 2013,hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified as either available-for-sale or equity securities. Currently, all of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale, except for Atherton & Associates, LLP, a full-service public accounting firm based in Modesto, California. She has practiced in public accounting for over 40 years, providing income tax and estate tax planning and preparation services to individuals, partnerships and corporations. Ms. Pelton brings tax and accounting expertise to the Board.

Gary J. Strong, 59, was appointed to the boards of the Bank and Oak Valley Bancorp in November 2021. Mr. Strong is CEO of the California Gold Country Region of the American Red Cross since 2015. He leads the Sierra Delta and Northern California Chapters, which include more than 2,000 volunteers and 40 employees who respond to nearly 800 local disasters each year and serve close to four million residents in 26 counties. Mr. Strong is a CPA (inactive) having previously servedone mutual fund classified as a big four accounting firm audit manager (1983-1990), as Controller at the Los Angeles Times (1990-2005) and as SVP/Finance at the Sacramento Bee (2005-2015). He has also served on board of directors of local American Red Cross chapters, the Sacramento Region Community Foundation, KVIE Public Television, Journalism Funding Partners, the Northern California Chapter of the National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD), and served on the local community advisory board of one of the largest banks in the nation. He currently resides in Granite Bay, California. Mr. Strong brings accounting experience to the board and a connection to the community through his non-profit background.
an equity security.

45

The fair value of the equity security was $3,132,000 and $2,990,000 at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Consistent with ASU 2016-01, equity securities are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statement of income. Accordingly, the Company recognized an unrealized gain of $41,000 during the year ended December 31, 2023, and an unrealized loss of $475,000 during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Our available-for-sale investment securities holdings decreased by $9,360,000 or 1.8% to $518,078,000 at December 31, 2023, compared to holdings of $527,438,000 at December 31, 2022. The carrying values of available-for-sale investment securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income.

Total investment securities as a percentage of total assets increased to 28.3% as of December 31, 2023 compared to 26.9% at December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, $288,199,000 of the investment securities were pledged to secure public deposits.

As of December 31, 2023, the total unrealized loss on debt securities that were in a loss position for less than 12 continuous months was $465,000 with an aggregate fair value of $52,079,000.  The total unrealized loss on debt securities that were in a loss position for greater than 12 continuous months was $29,679,000 with an aggregate fair value of $336,756,000.

The following table summarizes the maturity and repricing schedule of our debt investment securities, which does not include equity securities, at their amortized cost and their weighted average yields at December 31, 2023:

Debt Investment Maturities and Repricing Schedule

 

         

After One But

  

After Five But

                 
 (Dollars in Thousands) Within One Year  Within Five Years  Within Ten Years  After Ten Years  Total 
  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield 

Available-for-sale:

                                        

U.S. agencies

 $50,000   1.01% $1,110   1.00% $2,657   5.52% $30,911   3.48% $84,678   2.05%

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  0   0.00%  0   0.00%  0   0.00%  9,108   4.60%  9,108   4.60%

Municipalities

  10,428   3.88%  137,298   4.30%  196,559   3.03%  1,696   3.89%  345,981   3.56%

SBA pools

  0   0.00%  170   0.05%  912   7.45%  312   7.95%  1,394   6.66%

Corporate debt

  41,000   2.64%  6,500   5.52%  0   0.00%  0   0.00%  47,500   3.03%

Asset backed securities

  0   0.00%  836   5.90%  19,676   7.45%  36,101   6.35%  56,613   6.73%

Total debt securities

 $101,428   1.96% $145,914   4.33% $219,804   3.47% $78,128   4.96% $545,274   3.64%

Yields in the above table have been adjusted to a fully tax equivalent basis. The yields are calculated using a weighted average method based on the investment security balances as of December 31, 2023. Securities are reported at the earliest possible call, repricing or maturity date.

Loans

Our residential loan portfolio includes no sub-prime loans, nor is it our normal practice to underwrite loans commonly referred to as "Alt-A mortgages", the characteristics of which are loans lacking full documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores or collateral compositions reflecting high loan-to-value ratios. Substantially all of our residential loans are indexed to U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Rates and have provisions to reset five years after their origination dates.

46

The following table summarizes our commercial real estate loan portfolio by the geographic location in which the property is located as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

December 31, 2023

  

December 31, 2022

 

Commercial real estate loans by geographic location (County)

 

Amount

  

% of
Commercial
Real Estate

Loans

  

Amount

  

% of
Commercial
Real Estate

Loans

 

Stanislaus

 $209,505   23.4% $202,239   25.5%

San Joaquin

  180,408   20.2%  177,455   22.4%

Sacramento

  107,270   12.0%  83,116   10.5%

Fresno

  64,578   7.2%  54,747   6.9%

Tuolumne

  32,950   3.7%  33,563   4.2%

Shasta

  27,979   3.1%  19,547   2.5%

Merced

  26,620   3.0%  29,211   3.7%

Marin

  20,703   2.3%  11,175   1.4%

Yolo

  19,091   2.1%  11,911   1.5%

Solano

  17,942   2.0%  12,217   1.5%

Sonoma

  14,102   1.6%  12,792   1.6%

Contra Costa

  13,941   1.6%  12,044   1.5%

Alameda

  13,675   1.5%  13,307   1.7%

Sutter

  12,758   1.4%  8,537   1.1%

Placer

  11,804   1.3%  9,979   1.3%

Tulare

  10,037   1.1%  3,394   0.4%

San Diego

  9,180   1.0%  9,905   1.3%

Santa Clara

  8,833   1.0%  5,642   0.7%

Other

  92,376   10.5%  81,845   10.3%

Total

 $893,752   100.0% $792,626   100.0%

47

Construction and land loans are classified as commercial real estate loans and increased $18.6 million in 2023 as compared to 2022.  The table below shows an analysis of construction and land loans by type and location. Non-owner-occupied land loans of $12.5 million as of December 31, 2023 included loans for lands specified for commercial development of $10.7 million and for residential development of $1.8 million, the majority of which are located in Stanislaus County.

Construction and Land Loans Outstanding by Type and Geographic Location

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

December 31, 2023

  

December 31, 2022

 

Construction and land loans by type

 

Amount

  

% of
Construction and

Land Loans

  

Amount

  

% of
Construction and

Land Loans

 

Single family non-owner-occupied

 $2,707   3.8% $1,679   3.8%

Single family owner-occupied

  533   0.8%  275   0.6%

Commercial non-owner-occupied

  40,092   56.4%  21,984   49.5%

Commercial owner-occupied

  7,181   8.8%  7,946   17.9%

Land non-owner-occupied

  12,547   30.2%  12,539   28.2%

Total

 $63,060   100.0% $44,423   100.0%

Construction and land loans by geographic location (County)

 

Amount

  

% of
Construction and

Land Loans

  

Amount

  

% of
Construction and

Land Loans

 

Stanislaus

 $10,665   16.9% $4,818   10.8%

San Joaquin

  9,621   15.3%  11,771   26.5%

Fresno

  7,804   12.4%  7,215   16.2%

Shasta

  7,606   12.1%  4,854   10.9%

Yolo

  6,860   10.9%  1,306   2.9%

Tulare

  6,125   9.7%  962   2.2%

Solano

  4,109   6.5%  49   0.1%

Placer

  2,360   3.7%  1,860   4.2%

Sacramento

  2,028   3.2%  3,929   8.8%

Merced

  1,626   2.6%  4,474   10.1%

Mono

  1,469   2.3%  762   1.7%

Other

  2,787   4.4%  2,423   5.6%

Total

 $63,060   100.0% $44,423   100.0%

48

Loan Maturities

The following table shows the contractual maturity distribution and repricing intervals of the outstanding loans in our portfolio, as of December 31, 2023. In addition, the table shows the distribution of such loans between those with variable or floating interest rates and those with fixed or predetermined interest rates. The large majority of the variable rate loans are tied to independent indices (such as the Wall Street Journal prime rate or a Treasury Constant Maturity Rate). Substantially all loans with an original term of more than five years have provisions for the fixed rates to reset, or convert to a variable rate, after one, three or five years and are therefore classified as a variable rate loan in the table below.

  

Loan Maturities and Repricing Schedule
at December 31, 2023

 

(in thousands)

 

Within
1 Year

  

After 1 But

Within 5 Years

  

After 5 But

Within 15 Years

  

After
15 Years

  

Total

 
                     

Commercial real estate

                    

Construction & land

 $36,579  $15,631  $10,850  $0   63,060 

Multi-family

  6,798   28,237   19,010   0   54,045 

Owner occupied

  13,475   71,578   124,644   710   210,407 

Non-owner occupied

  54,270   202,019   213,763   0   470,052 

Farmland

  7,713   24,473   63,583   419   96,188 

Commercial & industrial

  29,347   25,065   10,802   4   65,218 

Consumer

  10,557   14,516   6,035   579   31,687 

Agriculture

  19,939   4,434   1,549   0   25,922 

Deferred loan fees and costs, net

  (266)  (544)  (585)  (11)  (1,406)

Total loans, net of unearned income

 $178,412  $385,409  $449,651  $1,701  $1,015,173 
                     

Loans with variable (floating) interest rates

 $122,851  $258,887   94,939  $527  $477,204 

Loans with predetermined (fixed) interest rates

 $55,561  $126,522   354,712  $1,174  $537,969 

The majority of the properties taken as collateral are located in Northern California. We employ strict guidelines regarding the use of collateral located in less familiar market areas. Positive trends in Northern California real estate values, the low loan-to-value ratios in our commercial real estate portfolio, and the high percentage of owner-occupied properties further solidify our credit quality position.

Nonperforming Assets

Financial institutions generally have a certain level of exposure to credit quality risk and could potentially receive less than a full return of principal and interest if a debtor becomes unable or unwilling to repay. Since loans are the most significant assets of the Company and generate the largest portion of its revenues, the Company's management of credit quality risk is focused primarily on loan quality. Banks have generally suffered their most severe earnings declines due to customers' inability to generate sufficient cash flow to service their debts and/or downturns in national and regional economies which have brought about declines in overall property values. In addition, certain debt securities that the Company may purchase have the potential of declining in value if the obligor's financial capacity to repay deteriorates.

Nonperforming assets consist of loans on non-accrual status, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, loans restructured, where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated resulting in a reduction or deferral of interest or principal and OREO.

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. The past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some changes in financial status, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar means and which management intends to offer for sale. The Company did not have any nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

49

The Company held no OREO properties as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Accordingly, the Company had zero non-performing assets recorded on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Allowance for credit losses

In anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we set aside allowances through charges to earnings. Such charges are not only made for the outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as commitments to extend credits or letters of credit. The charges made for the outstanding loan portfolio are credited to the allowance for credit losses, whereas charges for off-balance sheet items are credited to the reserve for off-balance sheet items, which is presented as a component of other liabilities. The provision for credit losses is discussed in the section entitled “Provision for credit losses” above.

The balance of our allowance for credit losses is management's best estimate of the current expected credit losses inherent in the portfolio. The ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the real estate market, changes in interest rate and economic and political environments.

In 2020, the economy briefly slipped into a recession following the COVID-19 pandemic which inevitability impacted the financial condition of certain borrowers. We responded by making qualitative risk-based discretionary adjustments in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic and corresponding economic stress. In 2022, the financial stress subsided and credit quality improved allowing the Company to reverse $1,350,000 in loan loss provisions, which included the remaining COVID-19 discretionary adjustment of $1,100,000. The allowance for credit losses increased to $10,896,000 as of December 31, 2023, as compared with $9,468,000 at December 31, 2022. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans increased to 1.07% as of December 31, 2023, as compared to 1.03% as of December 31, 2022, mainly due to loan growth. Based on the current conditions of the loan portfolio, management believes that the $10,896,000 allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2023 is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. No assurance can be given, however, that adverse economic conditions or other circumstances will not result in increased losses in the portfolio.

Diversification, low loan-to-values, strong credit quality and enhanced credit monitoring contribute to a reduction in the portfolio’s overall risk in recent years and help to offset the various inherent credit risks. We continue to monitor the impact of the economic environment, and adjustments to the provision for credit loss will be made accordingly. During 2023, the Company recognized net loan recoveries of $112,000 as compared to $80,000 in 2022.

Management reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loan categories, the adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety.

As required by ASU 2016-13, on January 1, 2023 the Company implemented CECL and increased our ACL, previously the allowance for loan losses, with a $346,000 cumulative adjustment. Under ASU 2016-13, the allowance for credit losses is deducted from the amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information, which includes experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount over the remaining contractual life. The Company’s ACL is calculated monthly, with any difference in the calculated ACL and the recorded ACL trued-up through an entry to the provision for credit losses. Management calculates the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves for all loan categories, using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology. For purposes of estimating the Company’s ACL, management generally evaluates collectively evaluated loans by federal call code in order to group loans with similar risk characteristics together, however management has grouped loans in selected call codes together in determining portfolio segments, due to similar risk characteristics and reserve methodologies used for certain call code classifications.

The DCF quantitative reserve methodology incorporates the consideration of probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”) estimates to calculate expected lifetime losses. The PD estimates are derived using reasonable and supportable economic forecasts and historical loss rate data from both the bank and a selected peer group. The historical loss rate data is compared to identified benchmark economic indicators to create a regression model that is updated annually. Reasonable and supportable forecasts for the identified economic indicators are then incorporated to arrive at expected default rates for the various loan categories. The reasonable and supportable forecasts are based on the National Unemployment Rate and Real Gross Domestic Product. The expected default rates are then applied to expected monthly loan balances estimated through the consideration of contractual terms and expected prepayments. The Company utilizes a four-quarter forecast period, after which the expected default rates revert to the historical average, over a four-quarter reversion period, on a straight-line basis. The prepayment assumptions are estimated based on historical experience of the bank. The prepayment assumptions are updated quarterly and may be subject to additional updates by Management in the event that changing conditions impact Management’s estimate. LGD utilized in the DCF is derived from the application of models that correlate LGD and PD based on historical peer data.

50

Management recognizes that there are additional factors impacting risk of loss in the loan portfolio beyond what is captured in the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves. As current and expected conditions, may vary compared with conditions over historical periods, which are utilized in the calculation of quantitative reserves, management considers whether additional or reduced reserve levels on collectively evaluated loans may be warranted given the consideration of a variety of qualitative factors. Several of the following qualitative factors (“Q-factors”) considered by management reflect regulatory guidance on Q-factors, whereas several others represent factors unique to the Company or unique to the current time period.

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices

Changes in international, regional and local economic and business conditions, and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, as reflected in forecasts of the California unemployment rate

Changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio

Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff

Changes in the volume and severity of past due, watch loans and classified loans

Changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review processes

Changes in the value of underlying collateral for loans not identified as collateral dependent

Changes in loan categorization concentrations

Other external factors, which include, the regulatory risk ratings.

The qualitative portion of the Company’s reserves on collectively evaluated loans are calculated using a combination of numeric frameworks, matrices defining reserve rate based on specified metrics, and management judgement, to determine risk categorizations in each of the Q-factors presented above. The amount of qualitative reserves is also contingent upon the relative weighting of Q-factors according to management’s judgement.

Loans identified as losses by management and internal loan review are charged-off. Furthermore, consumer loan accounts are charged-off automatically based on regulatory requirements.

51

The table below summarizes, for the periods indicated, loan balances at the end of each period, the daily averages during the period, changes in the allowance for credit losses arising from loans charged off, recoveries on loans previously charged off, additions to the allowance and certain ratios related to the allowance for credit losses:

Danny L. Titus, 77,Allowance for Credit Losses

  

December 31,

  

December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 

Balances:

        

Average total loans outstanding during period

 $949,429  $888,135 

Total loans outstanding at end of period

 $1,016,579  $915,758 

Net loan recoveries

 $112  $80 

Provision for (Reversal of) credit losses

 $970  $(1,350)

Allowance for credit losses at end of period

 $10,896  $9,468 
         

Ratios:

        

Net loan recoveries to average total loans

  0.01%  0.01%

Allowance for credit losses to total loans at end of period

  1.07%  1.03%

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans

  0.00%  0.00%

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans

 

NA

  

NA

 

The table below summarizes the allowance for credit loss balance by type of loan balance at the end of each period (See “Loan Portfolio” above for a description of each type of loan balance):

Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2023

  

December 31, 2022

 
  

Amount

  

% of Allowance

for Loan Losses

  

Amount

  

% of Allowance

for Loan Losses

 

Applicable to:

                

Commercial real estate

                

Construction & land

 $1,227   11.3% $1,055   11.1%

Multi-family

  667   6.1%  479   5.1%

Owner occupied

  1,805   16.6%  1,798   19.0%

Non-owner occupied

  4,805   44.0%  4,211   44.4%

Farmland

  1,468   13.5%  830   8.8%

Commercial and Industrial

  650   6.0%  612   6.5%

Consumer

  227   2.1%  311   3.3%

Agriculture

  47   0.4%  172   1.8%

Total Allowance

 $10,896   100.0% $9,468   100.0%

52

Other Earning Assets

For various business purposes, we make investments in earning assets other than the interest-earning securities and loans discussed above. The primary other earning assets held by the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, includes the cash surrender value of the BOLI policies, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock. During 2023, we purchased one new life insurance policy on a director for a total investment of $500,000.

During 2018 and 2022, we committed to invest $5 million and $10.5 million, respectively, in low-income housing tax credit funds (“LIHTC”) to promote our participation in CRA activities, which had unfunded commitments of $9,782,000 and $10,154,000 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. For LIHTC investments, we receive the return in the form of tax credits and tax deductions over a period of approximately 15 years.

In 2017, we made a $1 million commitment as a limited partner, to a small business private equity partnership to promote our participation in CRA activities. The value is recorded at fair market value with market gains or losses recorded to other income in the consolidate financial statements. As of December 31, 2023, we have remaining commitments to fund an additional $200,000 on this investment.

The balances of other earning assets as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 were as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

December 31, 2023

  

December 31, 2022

 
         

BOLI

 $31,506  $30,218 

LIHTCs

 $12,655  $13,627 

Small business private equity partnership

 $1,029  $955 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock

 $755  $755 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

 $5,202  $4,482 

Deposits and Other Sources of Funds

Deposits

Total deposits at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were $1,650,534 and $1,814,297,000, respectively, representing a decrease of $163,763,000 or 9.0% in 2023. The average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2023 decreased $108,026,000 or 5.9% to $1,708,821,000 compared to $1,816,847,000 at December 31, 2022. Deposit data analysis has resulted in an estimate of $768,103,000 in uninsured deposits, representing the balance that is not covered by FDIC insurance limits as of December 31, 2023.

Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds. Due to strategic emphasis by management, core deposits (based on a definition provided by FDIC’s Uniform Bank Performance Report) decreased by $168,025,000 or 9.4% in 2023 to $1,622,136,000 at December 31, 2023. The percentage of core deposits to total deposits decreased slightly to 98.3% at December 31, 2023 as compared to 98.7% at December 31, 2022. The average rate paid on time deposits in denominations of over $250,000 was 1.35% and 0.27% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The composition and cost of the Company's deposit base are important components in analyzing the Company's net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity characteristics, both of which are discussed in greater detail in other sections herein. See “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” for further discussion.

The Company's liquidity is impacted by the volatility of deposits or other funding instruments or, in other words, by the propensity of that money to leave the institution for rate-related or other reasons. Deposits can be adversely affected if economic conditions in California and the Company's market area in particular, were to weaken. Potentially, the most volatile deposits in a financial institution are jumbo certificates of deposit, meaning time deposits with balances that equal or exceed $250,000, as customers with balances of that magnitude are typically more rate-sensitive than customers with smaller balances.

53

The following tables summarize the distribution of average daily deposits and the average daily rates paid for the periods indicated:

Distribution of Average Daily Deposits

  

Average Deposits

 
  

2023

  

2022

 
  

Average

  

Average

  

Average

  

Average

 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

Balance

  

Rate

  

Balance

  

Rate

 
                 

Demand

 $1,146,198   0.12% $1,190,665   0.04%

Money market

  374,828   0.72%  417,896   0.12%

Savings

  147,181   0.13%  167,582   0.05%

Time deposits $250,000 and under

  24,172   1.55%  23,365   0.25%

Time deposits over $250,000

  16,443   1.35%  17,339   0.27%

Total deposits

 $1,708,822   0.28% $1,816,847   0.06%

The scheduled maturities of our time deposits in denominations of more than $250,000 at December 31, 2023 are as follows:

Maturities of Time Deposits over $250,000

(Dollars in Thousands)

Three months or less

 $5,443 

Over three months through six months

  3,835 

Over six months through twelve months

  10,450 

Over twelve months

  2,395 

Total

 $22,123 

Because our client base is comprised primarily of commercial and industrial accounts, individual account balances are generally higher than those of consumer-oriented banks. Five of our clients carry deposit balances of more than 1% of our total deposits, one of which had a deposit balance of more than 3% of total deposits at December 31, 2023. The Company had no brokered deposits as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

FHLB Borrowings

Although deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for general business purposes, we may obtain advances from the FHLB as an alternative to retail deposit funds. We had no outstanding balances as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The average balance of FHLB advances outstanding in 2023 and 2022 was $0. See “Liquidity Management” below for the details on the FHLB borrowings program.

Deferred Compensation Obligations

We maintain a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for certain key management personnel.  Under this plan, participating employees may defer compensation, which will entitle them to receive certain payments upon retirement, death, or disability.  The plan provides for payments commencing upon retirement and reduced benefits upon early retirement, disability, or termination of employment. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, our aggregate payment obligations under this plan totaled $11.4 million and $11.3 million, respectively

54

Liquidity and Asset/Liability Management

Management seeks to ascertain optimum and stable utilization of available assets and liabilities as a vehicle to attain our overall business plans and objectives. In this regard, management focuses on measurement and control of liquidity risk, interest rate risk and market risk, capital adequacy, operation risk and credit risk.

Liquidity

Liquidity to meet borrowers’ credit and depositors’ withdrawal demands is provided by maturing assets, short-term liquid assets that can be converted to cash and the ability to attract funds from depositors. Additional sources of liquidity may include institutional deposits, advances from the FHLB and other short-term borrowings, such as federal funds purchased.

Since our deposit growth strategy emphasizes core deposit growth, we have avoided relying on brokered deposits as a consistent source of funds. The Company had no brokered deposits as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

As a secondary source of liquidity, we rely on advances from the FHLB to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are typically secured by a portion of our loan portfolio and stock issued by the FHLB. The FHLB determines limitations on the amounts of advances by assigning a percentage to each eligible loan category that will count towards the borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had no FHLB advances outstanding and had sufficient collateral to borrow an additional $333.1 million and $322.4 million, respectively. In addition, the Company had lines of credit with its correspondent banks to purchase overnight federal funds totaling $70 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022. No advances were made on these lines of credit as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The Company’s liquidity depends primarily on dividends paid to it as the sole shareholder of the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company may depend on whether the Bank will be in a position to pay dividends based on regulatory requirements and the performance of the Bank.

Maintenance of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources be available at all time to meet our cash flow requirements. Liquidity in a banking institution is required primarily to provide for deposit withdrawals and the credit needs of its customers and to take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise. Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets into cash or cash equivalents without incurring significant loss, and to raise cash or maintain funds without incurring excessive additional cost. For this purpose, we maintain a portion of our funds in cash and cash equivalents, loans and securities available for sale. Our liquid assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022 totaled approximately $489.0 million and $754.9 million, respectively. Our liquidity level measured as the percentage of liquid assets to total assets was 26.5% and 38.4% as of December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

We believe that our current unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and borrowing capacity under our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital, capital expenditures, and any other capital needs for at least the next 12 months. We are currently not aware of any trends or demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will result in or that are reasonably likely to result in our liquidity increasing or decreasing in any material way that will impact our capital needs during or beyond the next 12 months.

55

The following tables summarizes short- and long-term material cash requirements as of December 31, 2023, which we believe that we will be able to fund these obligations through cash generated from our operations and available alternative sources of funds (dollars in thousands):

  

Less than 1

year

  

1-3 years

  

3-5 years

  

More than 5

years

  

Total

 

Operating lease obligations

 $1,400  $2,279  $1,692  $2,892  $8,263 

Supplemental retirement plans

  62   220   502   10,665   11,449 

Time deposit maturities

  49,275   5,967   279   0   55,521 

Total

 $50,737  $8,466  $2,473  $13,557  $75,233 

Capital Resources and Capital Adequacy Requirements

In the past two years, our primary source of capital has been internally generated operating income through retained earnings. At December 31, 2023, total shareholders’ equity increased to $166.1 million, representing an increase of $39.5 million from December 31, 2022. The increase was due to net income of $30.8 million recorded to retained earnings and other comprehensive gains of $11.6 million, net of income taxes, due to the positive effect that treasury yields had on the unrealized market value adjustment of our available-for-sale investment portfolio during 2023. Also, retained earnings was reduced by the common stock dividend payments totaling $2.6 million during 2023. As of December 31, 2023, we had no material commitments for capital expenditures.

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a directormaterial adverse effect on our financial statements and operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that rely on the quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. (See “Description of Business-Regulation and Supervision-Capital Adequacy Requirements” in this report for exact definitions and regulatory capital requirements.)

As of December 31, 2023, we were qualified as a “well capitalized institution” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. For more information on our capital resources and capital adequacy requirements, see Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

56

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values, or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributed to all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including securities, loans, deposits and borrowings, as well as the Company's role as a financial intermediary in customer-related transactions. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of the Bank since 1992Company's earnings and equity to loss, and to reduce the volatility inherent in certain financial instruments.

Interest Rate Management

Market risk is the risk of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008. Mr. Titus serveda loss in earnings or economic value that arises from adverse changes or movements in market rates and prices, such as interest rates or credit spreads. The Company's market risk exposure is primarily that of interest rate risk inherent in its lending, investing, and deposit taking activities. The core banking activities of lending and deposit-taking expose the PresidentCompany to interest rate risk, which occurs when assets and liabilities re-price at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. The Company has established policies and procedures to monitor and limit earnings and balance sheet exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company does not engage in the trading of Situs Investments, Inc.financial instruments, nor does the Company have exposure to currency exchange rates.

The principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as "asset/liability management") is to manage the financial components of the Company in a manner that should optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and capital in relation to changing interest rates. The Company's exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the Investment Committee. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent, and that the goal is to identify and manage the risks. Management uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (i) a standard GAP analysis; and (ii) an interest rate shock simulation model.

The planning of asset and liability maturities is an integral part of the management of an institution's net interest margin. To the extent maturities of assets and liabilities do not match in a changing interest rate environment, the net interest margin may change over time. Even with perfectly matched repricing of assets and liabilities, risks remain in the form of prepayment of loans or securities or in the form of delays in the adjustment of rates of interest applying to either earning assets with floating rates or to interest bearing liabilities. The Company has generally been able to control its exposure to changing interest rates by maintaining a relatively high percentage of variable rate earning assets and a vast majority of its deposits are non-maturing that reprice only at management’s discretion based on competition in the banking industry and liquidity needs of the Company.

Interest rate changes do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or at the same time. Varying interest rate environments can create unexpected changes in prepayment levels of assets and liabilities, which may have a significant effect on the net interest margin and are not reflected in the interest sensitivity analysis table. Because of these factors, an interest sensitivity gap report may not provide a complete assessment of the exposure to changes in interest rates.

The Company uses modeling software for asset/liability management in order to simulate the effects of potential interest rate changes on the Company's net interest margin, and to calculate the estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments under different interest rate scenarios. The program imports current balances, interest rates, maturity dates and repricing information for individual financial instruments, and incorporates assumptions on the characteristics of embedded options along with pricing and duration for new volumes to project the effects of a given interest rate change on the Company's interest income and interest expense. Rate scenarios consisting of key rate and yield curve projections are run against the Company's investment, loan, deposit and borrowed funds’ portfolios. These rate projections can be shocked (an immediate and parallel change in all base rates, up or down) and ramped (an incremental increase or decrease in rates over a specified time period), based on current trends and econometric models or stable economic conditions (unchanged from 1989current actual levels).

57

Asset sensitivity indicates that in a rising interest rate environment the Company's net interest income would increase and in a decreasing interest rate environment the Company's net interest income would decrease. Liability sensitivity indicates that in a rising interest rate environment a Company's net interest income would decrease and in a decreasing interest rate environment the Company's net interest income would increase. For all of 2023, we were "asset-sensitive" meaning we expect our net interest income to 2017, which manages real estateincrease as market rates increase and investments. Duringto decrease as market rates decrease. The relative level of asset sensitivity as of December 31, 2023 has decreased from 2022 primarily due to a decrease in interest-bearing cash balances that have floating rates. In the period from 1979decreasing interest rate environments, we show a decline in net interest income as interest-bearing assets re-price lower while deposits reach their floors and cannot be reduced further.

Management believes that our interest rate risk modeling overcomes three shortcomings of the typical maturity gap methodology. First, it does not use arbitrary repricing intervals and accounts for all expected future cash flows. Second, because our model projects cash flows of each financial instrument under different interest rate environments, it can incorporate the effect of embedded options on an institution's interest rate risk exposure. Third, it allows interest rates on different instruments to 1988, Mr. Titus was the general managerchange by varying amounts in response to a change in market interest rates, resulting in more accurate estimates of Steelgard, Inc., which manufactured portable buildings. Mr. Titus brings investment expertisecash flows.

However, as with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent to the Board. 

Audit Committee
methodology. The model assumes interest rate changes are instantaneous parallel shifts in the yield curve. In reality, rate changes are rarely instantaneous. The use of the simplifying assumption that short-term and long-term rates change by the same degree may also misstate historic rate patterns, which rarely show parallel yield curve shifts. Further, the model assumes that certain assets and liabilities of similar maturity or period to repricing will react in the same way to changes in rates. In reality, certain types of financial instruments may react in advance of changes in market rates, while the reaction of other types of financial instruments may lag behind the change in general market rates. When interest rates change, actual loan prepayments and actual early withdrawals from certificates may deviate significantly from the assumptions used in the model. Finally, this methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan clients' ability to service their debt. All of these factors are considered in monitoring the Company's exposure to interest rate risk.

Impact of Inflation; Seasonality

Inflation primarily impacts us by its effect on interest rates. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is affected by changes in interest rates. We have an Audit Committee establishedattempt to limit the impact of inflation on our net interest margin through management of rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and the analysis of interest rate sensitivity. The effect of inflation on premises and equipment as well as noninterest expenses has not been significant for the periods covered in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A)this report. Our business is generally not seasonal.

58

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our consolidated financial statements and the Independent Auditors’ Report appear on pages F-1 through F-42 of this Report and are incorporated into this Item 8 by reference.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PAGE

MANAGEMENTS ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

F-2

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Balance sheets

F-5

Statements of income

F-6

Statements of comprehensive income

F-7

Statements of shareholders’ equity

F-8

Statements of cash flows

F-9

Notes to financial statements

F-10

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Audit Committee assists is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the Boardtime periods specified in fulfilling the Board’s responsibilities for general oversightrules and forms of the integrity ofSEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our financial statements,management, including our compliance with legalChief Executive Officer and regulatory requirements, the independent auditors’ qualificationsChief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and independence, the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors, and risk assessment and risk management. In addition, the Audit Committee reviews and discusses the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors prior to finalizing and filing the Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC; reviews and discusses with management and the independent auditors any significant changes, significant deficiencies and material weaknesses regarding internal controls over financial reporting required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, oversees the internal audit function and the audits directed under its auspices, and establishes policies to ensure all non-audit services provided by the independent auditors are approved prior to work being performed. The Audit Committee also prepares the Audit Committee report for inclusion in the annual proxy statement; annually reviews the Audit Committee charter and the Committee’s performance; appoints, evaluates and determines the compensation of our independent auditors; reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit, the audit fee and the financial statements; reviewsevaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, internalour management recognized that any system of controls internal audit function, and corporate policiesprocedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As required by SEC rules, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with respect to financial informationthe participation of our Chief Executive Officer and earnings guidance; oversees investigations into complaints concerning financial matters; and reviews other risks that may have a significant impact on our financial statements. The Audit Committee works closely with management as well as our independent auditors. The Audit Committee has the authority to obtain advice and assistance from, and receive appropriate funding from the Company to retain, outside legal, accounting or other advisors as the Audit Committee deems necessary to carry out its duties.

The membersChief Financial Officer of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Gilbert, Lafferty, Leonard, Pelton, Titus and Withrow. Ms. Pelton is the Chaireffectiveness, as of December 31, 2023, of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee held seven (7) meetings during fiscal 2021. The Audit Committee consists solely of independent members asCompany’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Nasdaq Stock Market listingExchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and Section 10Aforms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

59

Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Directors has determined that Mr. WithrowOak Valley Bancorp is responsible for establishing and Ms. Pelton, have: (i) an understanding of generally accepted accounting principles and financial statements; (ii) the ability to assess the general application of such principles in connection with the accounting for estimates, accruals and reserves; (iii) experience preparing, auditing, analyzing or evaluating financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by our financial statements, or experience actively supervising one or more persons engaged in such activities; (iv) an understanding ofmaintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting;reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and (v) an understanding of audit committee functions.

Therefore, the Board has determined that Mr. Withrow and Ms. Pelton, each meet the definition of “audit committee financial expert”15d-15(f) under the applicable rulesExchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and regulationsthe preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;

provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and board of directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices and actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of the SEC and are “financially sophisticated”Company’s internal control over financial reporting as definedof December 31, 2023, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” (2013) issued by the applicable rules and regulationsCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The designation of a person asTreadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an audit committee financial expert does not result in the person being deemed an expert for any purpose, including under Section 11evaluation of the Securities Actdesign and the testing of 1933, as amended. The designation does not impose on the person any duties, obligations or liability greater than those imposed on any other audit committee member or any other director and does not affectoperational effectiveness of the duties, obligations or liabilityCompany’s internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of any other member ofits assessment with the Audit Committee orof our Board of Directors.

Based on that assessment, management concluded that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting subsequent to the evaluation date.

 
The Board has determined that all members

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Insider Adoption or Termination of Trading Arrangements

During the Audit Committee are “independent” as that term isquarter ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer (as defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) promulgated16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act.

CodeAct) of Ethicsthe Company informed us of the adoption or termination of any Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements (in each case, as defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K).

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

60

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters,” and “Information About Directors and Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics which is posted on its Internet website at www.ovcb.com, underthat applies to all staff including the “About Us” tab, inChief Executive Officer, and the “Investor Relations” section, atChief Financial Officer. A copy of the link for “Governance Documents.” The Company’s Code of Ethics applieswill be provided to its directors, executive officers, employees and consultants. Theany person, without charge, upon written request to Corporate Secretary, Oak Valley Bancorp, 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361. A copy of the Code of Ethics helps ensure thatis also available at the financial affairs of the Company are conducted honestly, ethically, accurately, objectively, consistent with generally accepted accounting principles and in compliance with all applicable governmental law, rules and regulations. Company will disclose any amendment to, or a waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics on our website.


Company’s website at www.ovcb.com.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons, the Company believes that for the 20212023 fiscal year the officers and directors of the Company complied with all applicable filing requirements, except for the late filings for the directors in the table below:

Name
Form
Transaction Type
Transaction Date
# of Shares
Filing Date
Cathy Ghan4Sell02/24/2140004/01/21
Cathy Ghan4Sell03/05/2120004/01/21
Allison Lafferty4Purchase04/28/2183105/10/21
Allison Lafferty4Purchase08/26/2150008/31/21
Allison Lafferty4Purchase10/28/2120011/17/21
Don Barton4Purchase11/08/17503/12/21
Don Barton4Purchase04/27/204,49403/12/21

Name

Form

Transaction Type

Transaction Date

# of Shares

Filing Date

Lynn Dickerson

4

Purchase

05/10/23

2,030

05/15/23

Lynn Dickerson

4

Purchase

08/12/22

100

05/15/23

Lynn Dickerson

4

Purchase

02/10/23

94

05/15/23

James L Gilbert

4

Purchase

08/15/22

                44

04/04/23

James L Gilbert

4

Purchase

02/13/23

                32

04/04/23

Gary Strong

4

Purchase

08/23/23

1,000

09/06/23

Gary Strong

4

Purchase

08/29/23

878

09/06/23

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has responsibility for establishing, implementing and continually monitoring the compensation structure, policies and programs of the Company. The individuals who served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer during 2021, as well as the other individuals included in the Summary Compensation Table, are referred to as the “named executive officers.”

The Compensation Committeeinformation required by this Item is responsible for assessing and approving the total compensation structure paid to the Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers, including the named executive officers. Thus, the Compensation Committee is responsible for determining whether the compensation paid to each of these executive officers is fair, reasonable and competitive, and whether it serves the interests of the Company’s shareholders.
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis identifies the Company’s current compensation philosophy and objectives and describes the various methodologies, policies and practices for establishing and administering the compensation programs of the named executive officers.
Overview
2021 was another record year of profitability for the company, drivenincorporated by solid loan growth and strong core financial performance. The economic strain brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 impacted a significant portion of our customer base, and we responded promptly by participating in the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) program, allowing us to assist business customers and providing a revenue stream for the Company in the form of loan fees and interest through 2021. Credit Quality remained stable as evidenced by the fact that non-performing assets remained at zero as of December 31, 2021. Nevertheless, given the difficulty in assessing the timing and pace of the economic recovery cycle, the Company continues to manage executive compensation conservatively.
The objectives of the Company’s executive compensation program are to align a portion of each executive officer’s total compensation with the annual and long-term performance of the Company and the interests of the Company’s shareholders.  The Compensation Committee continues to review our compensation program to seek to achieve shareholder value and continue to motivate and retain our senior management. 

Overview of Compensation Philosophy
Our executive compensation policy is to provide the Company’s executive officers with compensation opportunities, which take into account their personal performance, the annual and long-term performance of the Company, and the interests of the Company’s shareholders, while maintaining a level of compensation that is competitive enough to attract and retain highly skilled individuals.
The Compensation Committee believes that the most effective executive compensation programs are those that align the interests of each executive officer with those of the Company’s shareholders. The Compensation Committee believes that a properly structured compensation program will attract and retain talented individuals and motivate them to achieve specific short-term and long-term strategic objectives. Over the years, we have been very successful in retaining a strong core group of executive officers, and we have been providing growth and value for our shareholders. For this reason, an important objective of the Compensation Committee is to ensure that the compensation of our named executive officers is comparable to that of similar positions at other financial institutions that are similar to us in terms of size and geographic service area, so that we can continue to attract and retain executives and achieve our strategic objectives.
Each executive officer’s compensation package is comprised of three elements: (i) base salary that is competitive with the market and reflects individual performance, (ii) annual variable performance awards payable in cash and tied to the Company’s achievement of annual financial, strategic and operational objectives in addition to individual contributions to these objectives, and (iii) long-term stock-based incentive awards designed to strengthen the mutual interest of the Company’s executive officers and its shareholders. As an officer’s level of responsibility increases, a greater proportion of his or her total compensation will be dependent upon the Company’s financial performance and stock price rather than base salary.
Stock awards reward the long-term efforts of management and to retain management. Stock awards can also increase our management team’s ownership stake in the Company, further aligning the interests of the executives with those of our shareholders. We also consider other forms of executive pay, including salary continuation benefits, as a means to attract and retain our executive officers, including the named executive officers.
The Company and the Compensation Committee believe our compensation philosophy, policies and objectives outlined within this Compensation Discussion and Analysis are appropriately designed to allow us to effectively compensate our employees both during times of positive performance and in times of weak performance.
Compensation Program Objectives and Rewards
The Company’s compensation and benefits programs are driven by our business environment and are designed to enable us to achieve our mission and adhere to the Company values.
The programs’ objectives are to foster our position as a leading community bank in our service areas; attract, engage and retain a qualified workforce; maintain an effective administrative structure in line with our growth and performance; and incentivize our employees to reach our business objectives.
The guiding principles behind our programs are to promote and maintain a high-performance banking organization; continue to invest in our administration and operations; remain competitive in our marketplace for talent; and balance our compensation costs with our desire to provide value to our employees and shareholders.
We measure the success of our programs by our overall business performance and employee engagement; our ability to attract and retain key talent; our costs and business risks and return; and our ability to accommodate further growth in our organization using the existing administrative infrastructure.
All compensation and benefits for our executive officers reflect, as their primary purpose, our need to attract, retain and motivate the highly talented individuals who will engage in the behaviors necessary to execute the programs’ objectives outlined above, and to enable us to maintain and create shareholder value in a highly competitive marketplace.

Accordingly, each component of our compensation and benefits has a specific purpose designed to reward different behaviors:
●    Base salary and benefits are designed to reward core competence in the executive role relative to skills, position and contributions to the Company, and to provide fixed cash compensation with merit increases that are competitive with the marketplace.
●    Annual incentive variable cash awards are designed to focus employees on annual financial objectives derived from our business plan that lead to long-term success; reward and motivate achievement of critical annual performance metrics selected by the Compensation Committee; and foster a pay-for-performance culture that aligns our compensation programs with our overall business strategy.
●    Equity-based compensation awards when granted link compensation to the creation of shareholder wealth; promote teamwork by tying compensation significantly to the value of our common stock; attract the next generation of management by providing significant capital accumulation opportunities; and retain executives by providing a long-term-oriented program, pursuant to which value can be achieved only by remaining with and performing with the Company.
●    A supplemental executive retirement program facilitates our ability to attract and retain executives as we compete for talented employees in a marketplace where similar programs and plans are commonly offered.
We believe this combination of compensation and benefits provides an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay, balances short-term operational performance with long-term shareholder value, and encourages executive recruitment and retention.
When considering all factors, total compensation is generally targeted at the median of our Compensation Peer Group, which consists of bank holding companies of community banks having deposit bases and geographical service areas similar to ours. We target that level in order to retain and motivate talented individuals, who can help us implement our objectives discussed above.
Role of Compensation Committee in Determining Compensation
The Compensation Committee has overall responsibility and authority for approving and evaluating the compensation programs and policies pertaining to our executives, including the named executive officers. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for reviewing and submitting to the Board of Directors recommendations concerning director compensation. When making individual compensation decisions regarding a named executive officer, the Compensation Committee takes many factors into account, including the executive’s experience, responsibilities, management abilities and job performance, the overall performance of the Company, current market conditions and competitive pay for similar positions at comparable companies. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews the relationship of various positions between departments, the affordability of desired pay levels, and the importance of each position within the Company. These factors are considered by the Compensation Committee in a subjective manner without any specific formula or weighting.
Our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation is determined solely by the Compensation Committee. Our Chief Executive Officer attends those portions of the Compensation Committee meetings relating to the compensation of the other executive officers. Decisions relating to the Chief Executive Officer’s pay are made by the Compensation Committee, without management present. The Compensation Committee reports its activities to our Board of Directors.
The Compensation Committee relies on the input and recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer when evaluating the compensation of other executive officers. Because the Chief Executive Officer works closely with and supervises our executive team, the Compensation Committee believes that the Chief Executive Officer provides valuable insight in evaluating their performance. Our Chief Executive Officer provides the Compensation Committee with his assessment of the performance of each named executive officer and his perspective on the factors described above in developing his recommendations for the compensation of the other executives, including salary adjustments, cash incentive bonuses, annual equity grants, and equity grants awarded in conjunction with promotions. The Chief Executive Officer also provides the Compensation Committee with additional information regarding the effect, if any, of market competition and changes in business strategy or priorities. The Compensation Committee discusses our Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations and then approves or modifies the recommendations in collaboration with the Chief Executive Officer.

Stockholder Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation
The Compensation Committee is very interested in the ideas and any concerns of our shareholders regarding executive compensation. An advisory vote on executive compensation was last presented at the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and approved by 98% of votes cast (for or against) by shareholders. In evaluating our compensation practices in 2021, the Compensation Committee was mindful of the support our shareholders expressed for the Company’s philosophy of linking compensation to operational objectives and the enhancement of stockholder value. As a result, the Compensation Committee retained its approach to executive compensation, and continued to apply the same general principles and philosophy as in the prior year in determining executive compensation and made no material changes to the design of our executive program during 2021.
The Company Compensation Program
Market Positioning and Pay Benchmarking
The Compensation Committee considers the median compensation values of Northern California-based financial institutions that are similar in size to us in determining the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and the other named executive officers. The data that the Compensation Committee considers are derived from reports from the California Bankers Association, prepared by Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC (“Pearl Meyer”), a professional compensation consulting firm. These comparative survey data reports are used to benchmark executive compensation levels against banks that have executive positions with responsibilities similar in breadth and scope to ours and that compete with us for executive talent.  For example, in 2021, our Compensation Committee reviewed the California Bankers Association report, which includes approximately 65 California banks.  The Compensation Committee uses banks, each having assets between $901 million and $3.0 billion with average assets of about $1.56 billion, as the bank’s peer group.  In 2020, our Compensation Committee also engaged the services of Pearl Meyer to conduct a thorough review of our executive compensation for fairness based solely on the California Bankers Association report. The results of the Pearl Meyers consultation in 2020 were used by the Compensation Committee in their determination of 2021 compensation. In the process of selecting Pearl Meyer as its compensation consultant, our Compensation Committee considered Pearl Meyer’s independence by taking into account the factors prescribed by the Nasdaq listing rules. Based on this evaluation, the Committee determined that no conflict of interest existed with respect to Pearl Meyer. Pearl Meyer did not provide any other services to the Company.
With such information, the Compensation Committee reviewed and analyzed compensation for each executive and made adjustments as appropriate. The actual positioning of each named executive officer’s compensation was based on considerations of the executive’s performance, the performance of the Company and the individual business or corporate function for which the executive is responsible, the nature and importance of the position and role within the Company, the scope of the executive’s responsibility (including risk management and corporate strategic initiatives), and the individual’s success in promoting our core values and demonstrating leadership.
Pay Mix
We do not allocate between cash and non-cash compensation or short-term versus long-term compensation based on specific percentages. Instead, we believe that the compensation package for our executives should be generally in line with the prevailing market, consistent with each executive’s level of impact and responsibility.
Chief Executive Officer Compensation
Each year, the Compensation Committee meets with the other independent directors on our Board of Directors in an executive session to evaluate the performance of the Chief Executive Officer. In 2021, the Compensation Committee considered management’s continuing achievement of its short- and long-term goals versus its strategic objectives as well as financial targets. Emphasis was placed on performance factors of the Company’s business units and on personal performance goals established annually by the Compensation Committee.
The Compensation Committee determined that the Chief Executive Officer’s base salary in 2021 was aligned with the Company’s compensation philosophy and is aligned with a comparable median salary of peer institutions. 

Components of Executive Officer Compensation
Base Salaries
In accordance with our compensation objectives, salaries are set and administered to reflect the value of the position in the marketplace, the career experience of the individual, and the contribution and performance of the individual. The base salary of each named executive officer is determined annually by the Compensation Committee, in accordance with the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of the Company’s overall compensation programs and policies.
Base salaries for our executive officers are based on the scope of their responsibilities as well as review of competitive compensation data from peer institutions. For 2021, the Compensation Committee considered the pay practices of such institutions and data from the published compensation survey discussed above. In evaluation of the base salaries for the named executive officers, the Compensation Committee also considers the minimum, mid-range and maximum salaries paid to similarly situated positions at other comparable companies of our size in our geographic and market areas, as well as the performance levels of the named executive officer. In 2021, the Compensation Committee determined to increase the salaries of our executive officers by a range of 12% to 20% which is higher than previous years and higher than the cost of living adjustment that is generally applicable to all employees as a baseline. The higher increases for executives in 2021 recognizes the significant growth of the Company’s size and were based on data published in the compensation survey and from the independent consultation from Pearl Meyer as discussed above. The amount of base salary that each executive officer earned in 2021 is reflected below in the Summary Compensation Table. Base salary drives the formula used to determine any annual bonus payable to executive officers.
Bonuses
Traditionally, our annual incentive compensation opportunities for named executive officers are established by the Compensation Committee upon consideration of many factors, including, but not only limited to, their performance as compared against performance objectives. Our bonuses to executive officers normally accrue quarterly based on the estimated annual financial metrics and corresponding annual bonuses reflected in the tables below, and are payable in the quarter immediately after the accrual, with any true-up occurring after the end of the fiscal year.
The accrual of bonuses is typically calculated as a percent of salary. Such incentive levels are designed to provide for the achievement of threshold, target and maximum performance objectives.  The financial metrics, performance objectives, and the formula for computing the performance bonus are established by the Compensation Committee early in each fiscal year.
The bonus award opportunities are derived in part from comparative data and in part by the Compensation Committee’s judgment on internal equity of the positions, their relative value to the Company and the desire to maintain a consistent annual incentive target for the Chief Executive Officer and the other named executive officers.
The 2021 bonus award opportunities assigned as a percentage of base salary are as follows:
  
As a percent of base salary
Position
 
Threshold
 
Target
 
Maximum
       
Christopher M. Courtney
Chief Executive Officer
 15% 50% 55%
       
Richard A. McCarty
President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary
 15% 44% 50%
       
Gary W. Stephens
Executive Vice President/ Commercial Banking Group
 15% 36% 40%
       
Michael J. Rodrigues
Executive Vice President/Chief Credit Officer
 15% 36% 40%
       
Jeffrey A. Gall
Senior Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer
 15% 36% 40%

Each year, performance objectives are generally identified through our annual financial planning and budget process. Senior management develops a financial plan, and the financial plan is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. Management recommends and the Compensation Committee reviews and approves the financial metrics that must be met each year in order for awards to be paid, which metrics correspond to the financial plan that is approved by the Board of Directors. These financial metrics are weighted and are intended to motivate and reward eligible executives to strive for continued financial improvement of the Company, consistent with performance-based compensation and increasing shareholder value. The Compensation Committee typically identifies from three to five financial metrics which may be revised from year to year to reflect current business strategies.
The financial metrics selected for 2021 related to three base categories: profitability, growth and risk management. Within each category, the Compensation Committee sets specific financial metrics. The Compensation Committee believes return on assets and net income to be valid measurements in assessing how the Company is performing from a profitability standpoint. In addition, the Compensation Committee concluded that management’s compensation should continue to be tied to core loan growth and core deposit growth, since the strength of a Company’s core deposit base is an indication of the Company’s success in customer retention, reduction in interest rate sensitivity and liquidity stabilization.  Finally, the Compensation Committee believes that asset quality measures and audit results are effective measures to monitor the Company’s progress in improving its credit quality.
The Compensation Committee determines the weighting of financial metrics each year based upon recommendations from the senior management. For 2021, the Compensation Committee weighted the financial metrics as follow:
Category
Percentage
Weight
Profitability70%
Growth10%
Risk-Management20%
The Compensation Committee receives recommendations from senior management for financial performance objective ranges. The “target” level generally equates to the approved financial plan. The “threshold” performance level is set below the target level. In making the determination of the threshold and target levels, the Compensation Committee considered specific circumstances anticipated to be encountered by the Company during the coming year. Generally, the Compensation Committee sets the threshold and target levels such that the relative difficulty of achieving the target level is consistent from year to year. The annual performance objectives for fiscal year 2021 are shown below:
Financial Metrics
 
Threshold
 
Target
 
Maximum
       
Return on Assets (Profitability) 0.75% 1.00% 1.10%
       
Net Income (Profitability) $12,250 $13,500 $14,000
       
Core Deposit Growth (Growth) 3% 6% 8%
       
Loan Growth (Growth) 3% 6% 8%
       
Nonperforming Assets to Equity (Risk Management) <2.75% <1.5% <1.0%
The Compensation Committee believes that these targets were sufficiently challenging given the economic climate and the level of growth and improvement in the various financial metrics that would have to occur to meet the various performance objectives.
Upon completion of the 2021 fiscal year, the Compensation Committee assessed the performance of the Company for each financial metric, comparing the actual fiscal year results to the pre-determined performance objectives for each financial metric calculated with reference to the pre-determined weight assigned to the financial metric, and calculated the overall percentage amount for each named executive officer’s bonus award.

The table below reflects actual result of our financial metrics for 2021, three of which exceeded the target goal, while all five metrics exceeded the threshold goal:
FinancialMetrics
2021 Actual Results
Return on Assets0.93%
Net Income$16,337
Core Deposit Growth31.3%
Loan Growth3.4%
Nonperforming Assets to Equity0.0%
Consequently, bonuses were paid in the amounts set forth below.
Position
 
Payout
($)
  
Percentage of Target
 
         
Christopher M. Courtney
Chief Executive Officer
  213,400   97%
         
Richard A. McCarty
President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary
  126,760   97%
         
Gary W. Stephens
Executive Vice President/ Commercial Banking Group
  78,887   97%
         
Michael J. Rodrigues
Executive Vice President/Chief Credit Officer
  85,754   97%
         
Jeffrey A. Gall
Senior Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer
  74,304   96%

Equity-Based Compensation
The Compensation Committee approves all awards under the 2018 Stock Plan and acts as the administrator of the 2018 Stock Plan. The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining equity grants to all staff members, including named executive officers, and in doing so considers past grants, corporate and individual performance, the individual title, role and responsibilities and the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer for staff members other than himself. In 2021, the Compensation Committee granted 11,543 shares of restricted stock to our named executive officers as a group, under the 2018 Stock Plan, as set forth below, which vest 20% annually over five years beginning on February 28, 2022, subject to being a service provider through each vesting date, except in certain circumstances as described below in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”. These stock awards will vest immediately upon retirement if the named executive officer is at retirement age.
.
Position
Number of Shares
Christopher M. Courtney
Chief Executive Officer
4,235
Richard A. McCarty
President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary
2,937
Gary W. Stephens
Executive Vice President/ Commercial Banking Group
1,457
Michael J. Rodrigues
Executive Vice President/Chief Credit Officer
1,457
Jeffrey A. Gall
Senior Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer
1,457
401(k)Plan
The Company maintains a plan that complies with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Substantially all our employees are eligible to participate in this plan, and eligibility for participation commences upon hiring. The Company’s executive officers are eligible to participate in this program, subject to any applicable tax laws.  The Company contributes a percentage matching contribution to the same degree as all other employees. The matching contribution is 75% on all deferred amounts up to IRS limits.
Health and Welfare Benefits
The Company offers health and welfare programs to all eligible employees. The programs include medical, wellness, pharmacy, dental, vision, life insurance and accidental death and disability.
Automobile Benefits
Our named executive officers are offered Company-paid automobile allowances as indicated by the Auto Compensation in the table above. We believe that it is important to compensate our executive officers for all expenses incurred while traveling for work to allow our executive officers to concentrate on their responsibilities and our future success.
Salary Continuation Agreements
In August 2001, the Board of Directors of the Company approved salary continuation agreements (“Continuation Agreements”) between the Bank and Messrs. Courtney and McCarty.  Under the original Continuation Agreements, Messrs. Courtney and McCarty were entitled to receive maximum annual payments of $85,000 and $65,000, respectively, for a period of 20 years following their retirement at the age of 62 (the “Normal Retirement Age”). These agreements were subsequently revised to provide for shorter benefit payment periods of fifteen years. As a result, Mr. Courtney will receive $104,000 annually for fifteen years and Mr. McCarty will receive 80,000 annually over fifteen years. In the event of disability while employed with us prior to the Normal Retirement Age, each named executive officer will receive a benefit equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by us at the time of disability.  In the event of early termination, the named executive officer will receive a vested portion of his retirement liability balance accrued by the Company at the time of such early retirement.  The benefit is fully vested. In the event the named executive officer dies prior to termination of the Continuation Agreement, the beneficiary of such named executive officer will receive from the Company a lump sum death benefit amount.

In February 2008, we entered into a Continuation Agreement with Michael J. Rodrigues. Under the Continuation Agreement, Mr. Rodrigues was originally entitled to receive a maximum annual payment of $50,000 for a period of 20 years following his retirement at the age of 62. The agreement for Mr. Rodrigues was subsequently revised to provide for a shorter benefit payment period of fifteen years. As a result, Mr. Rodrigues will receive $61,125 annually for fifteen years.  In the event Mr. Rodrigues dies prior to termination of the agreement, his beneficiary will receive from the Company a lump sum death benefit amount.
In September 2016, we entered into a Continuation Agreement with Mr. Jeffrey A. Gall. Following his retirement at the age of 62 or upon a change in control, as defined in the Agreement, Mr. Gall will receive $61,125 annually for fifteen years. In the event of disability while employed with us prior to the age of 62, Mr. Gall will receive a benefit equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of disability.  In the event of early termination, Mr. Gall will receive the vested portion of his or her retirement liability balance that has accrued at the time of such early retirement.  The vesting schedule is 20% per year of service beginning with the sixth year of service.  In the event Mr. Gall dies prior to termination of the Agreement, his beneficiary will receive from us a lump sum death benefit amount.
In July 2019, we entered into a Continuation Agreement with Mr. Gary W. Stephens. Following his retirement at the age of 65 or upon a change in control, as defined in the Agreement, Mr. Stephens will receive $61,125 annually for fifteen years. In the event of disability while employed with us prior to the age of 65, Mr. Stephens will receive a benefit equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of disability.  In the event of early termination, Mr. Stephens will receive the vested portion of his or her retirement liability balance that has accrued at the time of such early retirement.  The vesting schedule is 20% per year of service beginning with the sixth year of service.  In the event Mr. Stephens dies prior to termination of the Agreement, his beneficiary will receive from us a lump sum death benefit amount.
The Continuation Agreements also provide that, in lieu of any other benefit under such agreements, the Company will pay the executives any benefit under the agreement to the extent the benefit would not create an excise tax under the excess parachute rules of Section 280G of the Code, and to extent possible, such benefit payment shall be reduced to allow payment within the fullest extent permissible under applicable law.
If a named executive officer under the Salary Continuation Agreement is terminated for cause, we will not pay any benefits under such Salary Continuation Agreement.  For this purpose, the term “cause” means an Executive’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of law or significant bank policies in connection with the Executive’s service that results in an adverse effect on the Company.
Insurance Benefits
We have purchased insurance policies for the following named executive officers:
Executive officer
Date policy
purchased
Net Employee
Death Benefit
($)
Christopher M. CourtneyDecember 2001880,000
Richard A. McCartyDecember 2001675,000
Gary W. StephensJuly 2019250,000
Michael J. RodriguesDecember 2001250,000
January 2008525,000
Jeffrey A. GallOctober 201050,000
September 2016200,000

Under our Split-Dollar Agreements and Split-Dollar Policy endorsements, the policy interests are divided between us and such individual. We are entitled to any insurance policy death benefits remaining after payment to the individual’s beneficiary.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
No member of this committee was at any time during 2021 or at any other time an officer or employee of the Company, except for Mr. Martin who was our Chief Executive Officer until his retirement in 2013, and no member of this committee had any relationship with the Company requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. No executive officer of the Company has served on the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has or has had one or more executive officers who served as a member of the Compensation Committee during 2021. Our Compensation Committee is comprised of Messrs. Barton, Dickerson, Gilbert, Lafferty, Leonard, Holder, Martin, Strong, Titus, Withrow, Ms. Lafferty and Ms. Pelton, all of whom are independent directors.
Prohibition on Speculation in Company Stock
Our stock trading guidelines prohibit executives, employees and directors from speculating in our stock, which includes, but is not limited to, short selling (profiting if the market price of the securities decreases), buying or selling publicly traded options, including writing covered calls, and hedging or any other type of derivative arrangement that has a similar economic effect.
Tax Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Code places a limit of $1 million on the amount of compensation that we may deduct as a business expense in any year with respect to certain of our most highly paid executive officers. While the Compensation Committee considers the deductibility of compensation as one factor in determining executive compensation, the Compensation Committee retains the discretion to award compensation that is not deductible as it believes that it is in the best interests of our stockholders to maintain flexibility in our approach to executive compensation in order to structure a program that we consider to be the most effective in attracting, motivating and retaining key executives.  
Section 409A (“Section 409A”) of the Code, among other things, limits flexibility with respect to the time and form of payment of deferred compensation. If a payment or award is subject to Section 409A but does not meet the requirements that exempt such amounts from taxation under Section 409A, the recipient is subject to (i) income tax at the time the payment or award ceases to be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, (ii) an additional 20% tax at that time, and (iii) an additional tax equal to the amount of interest (at the underpayment rate of the Code plus one percentage point) on the underpayment that would have accrued had the award been includable in the recipient’s income when first deferred, or if later, when the award ceases to be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Payments or awards under certain of our plans and arrangements either are intended to not constitute “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A (and therefore will be exempt from application of Section 409A) or, if they constitute “deferred compensation,” are intended to comply with the statutory provisions of Section 409A and final regulations issued with respect thereto.
Accounting Considerations
Accounting considerations play an important role in the design of our executive compensation program. Accounting rules require us to expense the fair value of restricted stock awards and the estimated fair value of our stock option grants, which reduces the amount of our reported profits. The Compensation Committee considers the amount of this expense when determining the amount of equity compensation to award.
Risk Assessment of Incentive Compensation Arrangements.
The Compensation Committee meets with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, to discuss the overall risk structure, the significant risks identified within the Company, and the process by which the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer analyze the risks associated with the executive compensation program. This process includes, among other things, a review of the Company’s programs and discussions with the Compensation Committee’s independent compensation consultant about the structure of the Company’s overall executive compensation program. This review includes the compensation potential under the Company’s incentive plans, the long-term view encouraged by the design and vesting features of the Company’s long-term incentive arrangements, and the extent to which the Compensation Committee and the Company’s management monitor the program. The Compensation Committee also identifies areas of enterprise risk of the Company and evaluates the degree to which participants in a plan perform functions that have the potential to significantly affect overall enterprise risk. The Compensation Committee then analyzes the extent to which design features have the potential to encourage behaviors that could significantly contribute to enterprise risk.

Based on its review, the Compensation Committee has determined that in 2021 the Company’s executive compensation program did not encourage the SEOs (as defined above) to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company, and that no changes to these plans were required for this purpose.
In addition to the incentive plans in which our SEOs participate, the Company has incentive programs for other officers and branch employees which reward performance. The Compensation Committee reviewed all non-SEO programs and concluded that none of them, either individually or as a group, presented any material threat to our capital or earnings, encouraged taking undue or excessive risks, or encouraged manipulation or financial data in order to increase the size of an award. The rewards offered are typically based on subjective criteria and are not tied directly to Company performance. Several other plans reward loan production. Internal controls with different levels of review and approvals are designed to prevent manipulation to increase an award.
Compensation Committee Report
Compensation Discussion and Analysis.    The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this report.
Daniel J. Leonard (Chairman)
Donald L. Barton
Lynn R. Dickerson
James J. Gilbert
Allison C. Lafferty
H. Randolph Holder
Ronald C. Martin
Janet S. Pelton
Gary J. Strong (member since November 2021)
Danny L. Titus
Terrance P. Withrow

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation
The following table provides certain summary information concerning the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the three most highly compensated executive officers for services rendered in all capacities to us for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021 in their respective executive officer capacities with the Company and the Bank:
Summary Compensation Table
                    
Non-Equity
  
Nonqualified
         
                    
Incentive
  
Deferred
  
All
     
            
Stock
  
Option
  
Plan
  
Compensation
  
Other
     
Name and Principal
   
Salary
  
Bonus
  
Awards
  
Awards
  
Compensation
  
Earnings
  
Comp.
  
Total
 
Position
 
Year
 
($)
  
($)
  
($)
  
($)
  
($)
  
($)
  
($)
  
($)
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
  
(d)
  
(e)(1)
  
(f)
  
(g)
  
(h)(2)
  
(i)(3)
  
(j)
 
Christopher M. Courtney
 2019  359,136   157,572   73,795         124,447   53,832   768,782 
CEO 2020  369,910   176,632   57,464         133,826   45,789   783,621 
  2021  440,000   213,400   68,438         143,797   62,071   927,706 
                                   
Richard A. McCarty
 2019  249,078   96,170   51,182         96,606   34,620   527,656 
President, Chief Operating 2020  256,550   107,802   39,856         103,908   35,392   543,508 
Officer, and Secretary 2021  297,000   126,760   47,462         111,673   45,604   628,499 
                                   
Gary W. Stephens
 2019  182,774   52,968            57,113   32,295   326,150 
Executive Vice President/ 2020  188,257   64,045   19,778         62,254   23,748   358,082 
Commercial Banking 2021  225,908   78,887   23,545         67,741   36,012   432,093 
                                   
Michael J. Rodrigues
 2019  212,875   65,290   25,402         26,851   36,051   366,469 
Executive Vice President/ 2020  219,261   77,340   19,778         29,179   43,123   388,681 
Chief Credit Officer 2021  245,572   85,754   23,545         31,206   49,972   436,049 
                                   
Jeffrey A. Gall
 2019  175,100   55,472   25,402         16,436   25,350   297,760 
Senior Vice President/ 2020  185,606   62,809   19,778         17,844   24,178   310,215 
Chief Financial Officer 2021  215,000   74,304   23,545         19,344   34,137   366,330 

(1)Represents the grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted during the fiscal year, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, by multiplying the closing price of our stock on the trading day prior to the grant date by the number of shares granted.
(2)The amounts shown in column (h) for 2021 represent the executive salary continuation plan accrual from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021. The amounts in column (h) were determined using interest rate and mortality rate assumptions consistent with those used in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and include amounts which the named executive officer may not currently be entitled to receive because such amounts are not vested. The assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are described in Note 18 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which are included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2022.
(3)The amounts shown in column (i) in 2021 include the following for each named executive:
  
Economic
                 
  
Value of Death
  
401(k) Plan
             
  
Benefit of Life
  
Company
             
  
Insurance for
  
Matching
          
Auto
 
  
Beneficiaries
($)
  
Contributions
($)
  
Vacation
($)
  
Severance
($)
  
Compensation
($)
 
Christopher M. Courtney  1,338   19,500   33,434      7,800 
Richard A. McCarty  543   19,500   17,761      7,800 
Gary W. Stephens  552   19,499   10,861      5,100 
Michael J. Rodrigues  1,023   19,393   24,456      5,100 
Jeffrey A. Gall  135   14,625   14,277      5,100 
The economic value of the death benefit amounts shown above reflects the annual income imputed to each executive in connection with Company-owned split-dollar life insurance policies for which the Company has fully paid the applicable premiums. These policies are discussed under the sections of this report titled “Salary Continuation Agreements”.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards
Grants of Plan-Based AwardsFiscal 2021
    
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (1)
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares of
  All
Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
  Grant
Date
Fair Value
of Stock
 
Name
 
Grant
Date
 
Threshold
($)
  
Target
($)
  
Maximum
($)
  Threshold
(#)
  
Target
(#)
  Maximum
(#)
  Stock or
Units
(#) (2)
  Underlying
Options
(#)
  Option
Awards
($/Sh)
  and Option
Awards
($) (3)
 
Christopher M. Courtney NA  66,000   220,000   242,000                          
  2/28/21                          4,235         68,438 
                                           
Richard A. McCarty NA  44,550   130,680   148,500                          
  2/28/21                          2,937         47,462 
                                           
Gary W. Stephens NA  33,886   81,327   90,363                          
  2/28/21                          1,457         23,545 
                                           
Michael J. Rodrigues NA  36,836   88,406   98,229                          
  2/28/21                          1,457         23,545 
                                           
Jeffrey A. Gall NA  32,250   77,400   86,000                          
  2/28/21      ��                   1,457         23,545 

(1)Reflects threshold, target and maximum cash bonus payments payable to each named executive. Target bonuses were set as a percentage of each named executive officer’s base salary earned for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. The dollar value of the actual bonus awards earned for the year ended December 31, 2021 for each named executive officer is set forth in the Fiscal 2021 Summary Compensation Table above. As such, the amounts set forth in these columns do not represent either additional or actual compensation earned by the named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2021. For a description of the fiscal 2021 bonus opportunities, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Components of Executive Officer Compensation— Bonuses” above.
(2)Represents grants of restricted stock awards. For a description of these awards, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Components of Executive Officer Compensation-Equity-Based Compensation” above.
(3)Represents the grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted in fiscal 2021, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, by multiplying the closing price of our stock on the grant date by the number of shares granted.

Outstanding Equity Awards
The following table shows the number of Company unvested shares of restricted common stock held by the Company’s named executive officers as of December 31, 2021.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End
  
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
 
                
Equity
 
Equity
 
                
Incentive
 
Incentive
 
                
Plan
 
Plan
 
                
Awards:
 
Awards:
 
                
Number
 
Market or
 
            
Number
 
Market
 
of
 
Payout
 
      
Equity
     
of
 
Value of
 
Unearned
 
Value of
 
      
Incentive
     
Shares
 
Shares
 
Shares,
 
Unearned
 
      
Plan
     
or
 
or
 
Units or
 
Shares,
 
      
Awards:
     
Units of
 
Units of
 
Other
 
Units or
 
  
Number of
 
Number of
 
Number of
     
Stock
 
Stock
 
Rights
 
Other
 
  
Securities
 
Securities
 
Securities
     
That
 
That
 
That
 
Rights
 
  
Underlying
 
Underlying
 
Underlying
 
Options
   
Have
 
Have
 
Have
 
That Have
 
  
Unexercised
 
Unexercised
 
Unexercised
 
Exercise
 
Options
 
Not
 
Not
 
Not
 
Not
 
  
Options (#)
 
Options (#)
 
Unearned
 
Price
 
Expiration
 
Vested
 
Vested
 
Vested
 
Vested
 
Name
 
Exercisable
 
Unexercisable
 
Options (#)
 
($)
 
Date
 
(#)
 
($)
 
(#)
 
($)
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
 
(d)
 
(e)
 
(f)
 
(g)(1)
 
(h)(2)
 
(i)
 
(j)
 
                    
Christopher M. Courtney            10,641 185,153     
                    
Richard A. McCarty            7,376 128,342     
                    
Gary W. Stephens            3,605 62,727     
                    
Michael J. Rodrigues            3,682 64,067     
                     
Jeffrey A. Gall            3,682 64,067     

(1)The market values of the restricted stock awards are calculated by multiplying the number of restricted shares shown in the table by $17.40, the closing price of our shares of our common stock on December 31, 2021, the last trading day of fiscal 2021.
(2)The restricted stock awards vest 20% annually over five years, subject to being a service provider through each vesting date, except in certain circumstances as described below in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”.
Option Exercises and Vested Stock Awards
The following table sets forth information with regard to the exercise and vesting of stock options and vesting of shares of restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2021, for each of the named executive officers.
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
  
Option Awards
  
Stock Awards
 
  
Number of
      
Number of
  
Value
 
  
Shares Acquired
  
Value Realized
  
Shares Acquired
  
Realized on
 
  
on Exercise
  
upon Exercise
  
on Vesting
  
Vesting
 
Name
 
(#)
  
($)
  
(#)
  
($)
 
Christopher M. Courtney    $   2,103  $33,984 
                 
Richard A. McCarty    $   1,459  $23,577 
                 
Gary W. Stephens    $   837  $13,526 
                 
Michael J. Rodrigues    $   734  $11,861 
                 
Jeffrey A. Gall    $   734  $11,861 

Funding ofSalary Continuation Agreements Through Split-dollar Life Insurance Policies
Company-owned split-dollar life insurance policies support the Company’s obligations under each Salary Continuation Agreement. The premiums on the policies are paid by the Company. The cash value accrued on the policies supports the payment of the supplemental benefits for each participant. In the case of death of the participant, the participant’s designated beneficiaries may receive up to 100% of the net-at-risk insurance (which means amount of the death benefit in excess of the cash value of the policy).
The following table shows the present value of the accumulated benefit payable to each of the named executive officers, including the number of service years credited to each named executive officer under the salary continuation agreements:
Pension Benefits
Name
(a)
 
Plan Name
(b)
 
Number of
Years
Credited
Service
(#)
(c)
  
Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit(1)(2)
($)
(d)
  
Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year
($)
(e)
 
               
Christopher M. Courtney Salary Continuation Agreement  20   1,301,453   0 
               
Richard A. McCarty Salary Continuation Agreement  20   999,520   0 
               
Gary W. Stephens Salary Continuation Agreement  2   187,108   0 
               
Michael J. Rodrigues Salary Continuation Agreement  13   238,462   0 
               
Jeffrey A. Gall Salary Continuation Agreement  5   89,177   0 

(1)The amounts in column (d) were determined using interest rate and mortality rate assumptions consistent with those used in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and include amounts which the named executive officer may not currently be entitled to receive because such amounts are not vested. The assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are described in Note 18 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which was included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2022.
(2)The following vesting percentages apply to the named executive officers:
End of the year prior to termination
  
Christopher
M.
Courtney
 
Richard
A.
McCarty
 
Gary W. Stephens
 
Michael J.
Rodrigues
  
Jeffrey A.
Gall
12/31/2022  100% 100% 0% 100%  20%
12/31/2023  100% 100% 0% 100%  40%
12/31/2024  100% 100% 0% 100%  60%
12/31/2025  100% 100% 20% 100%  80%
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
Salary Continuation Agreements
In August 2001, the Board of Directors of the Company approved salary continuation agreements (“Continuation Agreements”) between the Bank and Messrs. Courtney and McCarty.  Under the original Continuation Agreements, Messrs. Courtney and McCarty were entitled to receive maximum annual payments of $85,000 and $65,000, respectively, for a period of 20 years following their retirement at the age of 62 (the “Normal Retirement Age”). These agreements were subsequently revised to provide for shorter benefit payment periods of fifteen years. As a result, Mr. Courtney will receive $104,000 annually for fifteen years and Mr. McCarty will receive 80,000 annually over fifteen years. In the event of disability while employed with us prior to the Normal Retirement Age, each named executive officer will receive a benefit equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by us at the time of disability.  In the event of early termination, the named executive officer will receive a vested portion of his retirement liability balance accrued by the Company at the time of such early retirement.  The benefit is fully vested. In the event the named executive officer dies prior to termination of the Continuation Agreement, the beneficiary of such named executive officer will receive from the Company a lump sum death benefit amount.

In February 2008, we entered into a Continuation Agreement with Michael J. Rodrigues. Under the Continuation Agreement, Mr. Rodrigues was originally entitled to receive a maximum annual payment of $50,000 for a period of 20 years following his retirement at the age of 62. The agreement for Mr. Rodrigues was subsequently revised to provide for a shorter benefit payment period of fifteen years. As a result, Mr. Rodrigues will receive $61,125 annually for fifteen years.  In the event Mr. Rodrigues dies prior to termination of the agreement, his beneficiary will receive from the Company a lump sum death benefit amount.
In September 2016, we entered into a Continuation Agreement with Mr. Jeffrey A. Gall. Following his retirement at the age of 62 or upon a change in control, as defined in the Agreement, Mr. Gall will receive $61,125 annually for fifteen years. In the event of disability while employed with us prior to the age of 62, Mr. Gall will receive a benefit equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of disability.  In the event of early termination, Mr. Gall will receive the vested portion of his or her retirement liability balance that has accrued at the time of such early retirement.  The vesting schedule is 20% per year of service beginning with the sixth year of service.  In the event Mr. Gall dies prior to termination of the Agreement, his beneficiary will receive from us a lump sum death benefit amount.
In July 2019, we entered into a Continuation Agreement with Mr. Gary W. Stephens. Following his retirement at the age of 65 or upon a change in control, as defined in the Agreement, Mr. Stephens will receive $61,125 annually for fifteen years. In the event of disability while employed with us prior to the age of 65, Mr. Stephens will receive a benefit equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of disability.  In the event of early termination, Mr. Stephens will receive the vested portion of his or her retirement liability balance that has accrued at the time of such early retirement.  The vesting schedule is 20% per year of service beginning with the sixth year of service.  In the event Mr. Stephens dies prior to termination of the Agreement, his beneficiary will receive from us a lump sum death benefit amount.
The Continuation Agreements also provide that, in lieu of any other benefit under such agreements, the Company will pay the executives any benefit under the agreement to the extent the benefit would not create an excise tax under the excess parachute rules of Section 280G of the Code, and to extent possible, such benefit payment shall be reduced to allow payment within the fullest extent permissible under applicable law.
If a named executive officer under the Continuation Agreement is terminated for cause, we will not pay any benefits under such Salary Continuation Agreement.  For this purpose, the term “cause” means an Executive’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of law or significant bank policies in connection with the Executive’s service that results in an adverse effect on the Company.
Rick McCartys Employment Agreement
Mr. McCarty’s employment agreement provides for severance pay in an amount equal to three months of his current annual salary, payable in three equal monthly payments from date of such termination in the event of termination of employment other than for cause (as defined in his employment agreement) equal to the gross salary payable to him during the remainder of the term. In the event of a Change in Control, his employment agreement will automatically be terminated, in which case Mr. McCarty will be entitled to severance payments under his employment agreement such that the net amount received by Mr. McCarty, after taking into account federal, state and local income taxes payable as a result of such severance payments equals two years of his base salary based on the compensation in effect under his employment agreement plus the amount equal to the sum of the prior two years bonus (the “Severance Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, enters into a new employment agreement with Mr. McCarty (the “Replacement Agreement”) on terms acceptable to Mr. McCarty, which acceptance shall not be unreasonable withheld, his existing employment agreement will terminate but no severance payment will be due to him. Unless a Replacement Agreement is entered into on or before the Change in Control, the Company will pay the Severance Payment to him in a single lump sum payment on or before any such Change in Control.
2008 Equity Plan and 2018 Equity Plan
In addition, except as set forth in an award agreement, the 2008 and 2018 Plans provides that if the Company is not the surviving corporation following a change in control, and the surviving corporation following such change in control or the acquiring corporation (such surviving corporation or acquiring corporation, the “acquirer”) does not assume the outstanding awards or does not substitute equivalent equity awards relating to the securities of such acquirer or its affiliates for such awards, then each award will fully vest and terminate upon the effective time of the change in control. Except as set forth in an award agreement, if the Company is the surviving corporation following a change in control, or the acquirer assumes the outstanding awards or substitutes equivalent equity awards relating to the securities of such acquirer or its affiliates for such awards, then all such awards or substituted awards will remain outstanding and will be governed by their respective terms and the provisions of the 2008 and 2018 Plans.

In addition, if (i) a participant’s status as a service provider is terminated without cause within 24 months following a change in control, and (ii) the Company is the surviving corporation following such change in control, or the acquirer assumes the outstanding awards or substitutes equivalent equity awards or such awards, then each award held by the participant will fully vest and terminate upon the related event.
Finally, if a named executive officer is of retirement age and retires, his restricted stock will fully vest upon retirement pursuant to the terms of his restricted stock award agreement.
The table below sets forth the amounts that the named executive officers would receive in the event of (a) the retirement of the named executive officer, (b) early termination of the named executive officer or (c) the change in control of the Company, that in each case hypothetically occurred on December 31, 2021, as provided for under each named executive officer’s Continuation Agreement, the 2008 and 2018 Plans and in the case, of Mr. McCarty, his employment agreement.
Name 
Retirement
($)
  
Early Termination
($)
  
Change in Control
Where Equity Awards are Assumed but No Qualifying Termination of Employment
($)
  
Change in Control
Where Equity Awards are Assumed but There is a Qualifying Termination of Employment
($)
  
Change in Control Where Equity Awards are Not Assumed
($)
 
Christopher M. Courtney  1,560,000   1,301,453   1,560,000   1,745,153   1,745,153 
                     
Richard A. McCarty  1,200,000   1,073,770   2,466,527(1)  2,594,869   2,594,869 
                     
Gary W. Stephens  916,875   0   916,875   979,602   979,602 
                     
Michael J. Rodrigues  916,875   238,462   916,875   980,942   980,942 
                     
Jeffrey A. Gall  916,875   0   916,875   980,942   980,942 

(1)Mr. McCarty is eligible to receive $1,200,000 from his Continuation Agreement, in addition to $1,266,527 from his employment agreement dated March 19, 2021.
CEO Pay Ratio
For 2021, our Company qualified as a “smaller reporting company” and in accordance with Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, we are not required to provide any pay ratio disclosure.

Director Compensation
This section provides information regarding the compensation policies for non-employee directors and amounts paid to these directors in 2021.
Overview
Our director compensation is designed to attract and retain qualified, independent directors to represent our shareholders on the Board and act in their best interests.  The Compensation Committee, which consists solely of independent directors, has primary responsibility for reviewing and recommending any changes to our director compensation program.  All recommended compensation changes required approval or ratification by the full Board of Directors.  Compensation for the members of our Board is reviewed periodically by the Compensation Committee.
Our Board of Directors includes one Company officer: Mr. Christopher M. Courtney, who serves as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  As a senior executive officer, information regarding the compensation of Mr. Courtney can be found in the “Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis” andin our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the executive compensation disclosure tables provided within this report.
Director Fees
In 2021, non-employee Directors received a cash retainer in the amount2024 Annual Meeting of $3,000 per month. Directors who are employees do not receive any compensation for service as director.
The following table provides compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2021 for each non-employee Director of the Company at that time.
Director Compensation Table
  
Fees
Earned or Paid in Cash
 
Stock Awards
 
Option Awards
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
 
Change in
Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings
 
All Other Compensation
 
Total
Name
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c) (1)
 
(d) (1)
 
(e)
 
(f)(2)
 
(g) (3)
 
(h)
Donald L. Barton 36,000    5,417 517 41,934
Lynn R. Dickerson 36,000    7,426 354 43,780
James L. Gilbert 36,000     753 36,753
Thomas A. Haidlen 36,000     741 36,741
H. Randolph Holder, Jr. 36,000    9,341 186 45,527
Allison C. Lafferty 36,000    1,275 46 37,321
Daniel J. Leonard 36,000    12,731 708 49,439
Ronald C. Martin 36,000     10,166 46,166
Janet S. Pelton 36,000  —    7,518 202 43,720
Gary J. Strong 6,000  —      6,000
Danny L. Titus 36,000     946 36,946
Terrance P. Withrow 36,000    4,449 122 40,571

(1)None of the independent directors were granted any stock options during 2021. As of December 31, 2021, there were no directors that held outstanding, fully exercisable stock options to purchase common stock. In 2021, none of the independent directors were granted shares of restricted stock. As of December 31, 2021, Janet Pelton held 2,000 shares of restricted stock and Terrance Withrow held 2,000 shares of restricted stock.
Shareholders.

(2)The amounts shown in column (f) for 2021 represent the director retirement agreements accrual from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021. The amounts in column (f) were determined using interest rate and mortality rate assumptions consistent with those used in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and include amounts that the director may not currently be entitled to receive because such amounts are not vested. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 18 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2022.
(3)The amounts in column (g) reflect the economic value of the annual income imputed to each director in connection with Company-owned split-dollar life insurance policies for which the Company has fully paid the applicable premiums.
Director Retirement Agreements; Bank-Owned Life Insurance Policies
On August 21, 2001, the Board of Directors of the Bank authorized Director Retirement Agreements with each director.  The Company assumed the Director Retirement Agreements upon its reorganization with the Bank in May 2008, as the same individuals who served as directors of the bank became directors of the Company. As of December 31, 2021, Messrs. Dickerson, Leonard, Withrow, Holder, Ms. Lafferty and Ms. Pelton were also parties to Director Retirement Agreements with the Company.
The Director Retirement Agreements are intended to encourage existing directors to remain directors, assuring us that we will have the benefit of the directors’ experience and guidance in the years ahead.
For retirement after the later of age 72 or ten (10) years of service (the “Normal Retirement Age”), the Director Retirement Agreements provide for an annual benefit during the director’s lifetime of $12,000 for 10 years.  If a director retires or becomes disabled before the Normal Retirement Age, he will receive a lump-sum payment in an amount equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of early retirement or disability.
If a change in control occurs (as defined in the Director Retirement Agreements) and a director’s service terminates within 24 months after the change in control, the director will receive the retirement liability balance accrued and payable to the director for retirement at the Normal Retirement Age.
The Bank has purchased insurance policies on the lives of its current directors, paying the premiums for these insurance policies with single premium payments totaling approximately $4,747,000 in aggregate.  Although the Bank expects the policies on the directors’ lives to serve as a source of funds for benefits payable under the Director Retirement Agreements, the contractual entitlements arising under the Director Retirement Agreements are not funded and remain contractual liabilities of the Bank, payable upon each director’s termination of service.
The policy interests are divided between us and each director.  Under the Bank’s Split-Dollar Agreements and Split Dollar Policy endorsements with the directors, we are entitled to any insurance policy death benefits remaining after payment to the director’s beneficiary.  We expect to recover the premium in full from the Bank’s portion of the policies’ death benefits.
If a director is terminated for cause, we will not pay any benefits under his Director Retirement Agreement.  For this purpose, the term “cause” means a director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of law or significant Company policies in connection with the director’s service that results in an adverse effect on us.

The following table shows the present value of the accumulated benefit payable to each director who has a director compensation benefit agreement, including the number of service years credited to each director under the supplemental executive retirement plan.
Accumulated Benefits
Name
(a)
 
Number of
Years
Credited
Service
(#)
(b)
  
Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit(1)(2)
($)
(c)
  
Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year
($)
(d)
 
             
Donald L. Barton  14   42,787    
Lynn R. Dickerson  1   7,426    
James L. Gilbert  30   97,261    
Thomas A. Haidlen  30   97,261    
H. Randolph Holder  6   43,062    
Allison C. Lafferty  4   3,522    
Daniel J. Leonard  10   95,761    
Ronald C. Martin (2)  27   170,815   48,000 
Janet S. Pelton  9   45,333    
Gary J. Strong  0       
Danny L. Titus  29   97,261    
Terrance P. Withrow  9   25,930    

(1)The amounts in column (c) were determined using interest rate and mortality rate assumptions consistent with those used in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and include amounts which the named executive officer may not currently be entitled to receive because such amounts are not vested. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 18 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2022.
(2)The amount in column (c) for Ronald C. Martin includes $73,554 from his executive salary continuation agreement and the $48,000 payment reflected in column (d) is also from his executive salary continuation agreement, as Mr. Martin is the former CEO of the Company.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 20212023 with respect to shares of our common stock that are authorized to be issued under the Company’s 2018 Equity Plan. Shares subject to restricted stock awards are not included in the table below.

  
A
  
B
  
C
 
Plan Category
 
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
  
Weighted Average Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
  
Number of Securities Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in
Column A)
 
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders  0  $0   531,592 
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders  0   0   0 
Total  0  $0   531,592 

  

A

  

B

  

C

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Securities to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding Options,

Warrants and Rights

  

Weighted Average Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options, Warrants and

Rights

  

Number of Securities Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation

Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in
Column A)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders

  0  $0   463,199 

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders

  0   0   0 

Total

  0  $0   463,199 

Certain information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Security Ownership of Securities

The following table sets forth certain information knownCertain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement to us with respectbe filed prior to the beneficial ownership2024 Annual Meeting of our common stock as of March 31, 2022, by:
Shareholders.

Each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of our common stock;
Each current director, each of whom is a nominee for election as a director;
Each named executive officer; and
All current directors and executive officers as a group.

Our common stock is the only class of voting securities outstanding. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and includes voting and investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated in the notes following the table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 8,255,601 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2022.
  
Common Stock Beneficially Owned
on March 31, 2022
 
Beneficial Owner
 
Shares Beneficially Owned
  
Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned (3)
 
Five Percent Shareholder:
        
none  0   0.00%
         
Executive Officers and Directors: (1)
        
Donald L. Barton (2)  33,810   0.41%
Christopher M. Courtney (3)  214,143   2.59%
Lynn Dickerson  11,077   0.13%
Jeffrey A. Gall  28,517   0.35%
James L. Gilbert (4)  155,406   1.88%
Thomas A. Haidlen  171,146   2.07%
H. Randolph Holder (5)  123,469   1.50%
Allison C. Lafferty  4,897   0.06%
Daniel J. Leonard (6)  55,806   0.68%
Ronald C. Martin (3)(8)  188,697   2.29%
Richard A. McCarty  43,783   0.53%
Janet S. Pelton  61,000   0.74%
Michael J. Rodrigues  63,444   0.77%
Gary W. Stephens  25,932   0.31%
Gary J. Strong  500   0.01%
Danny L. Titus  216,923   2.63%
Terrance P. Withrow  30,302   0.37%
All officers and directors as a group  1,577,653   19.11%

(1)
The address for all officers and directors is c/o Oak Valley Community Bank, 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, California 95361.
(2)
Includes 1,500 shares held indirectly by Mr. Barton's spouse.
(3)
Excludes third party participant shares held by Mr. Courtney or Mr. Martin in their capacity as trustees of the Company’s 401(k) plan.
(4)
Includes 4,237 shares held indirectly in a custodial account for Mr. Gilbert's son, 24,795 shares held indirectly in Mr. Gilbert's spouse's trust and 32,905 shares held indirectly in the name of A.L. Gilbert Co.
(5)
Includes118,317 shares held indirectly in the name of Holder Enterprises, LLC.
(6)Includes 1,800 shares held indirectly in Ms. Lafferty’s spouse’s retirement account.
(7)
Includes 1,731 shares held indirectly in custodial accounts for Mr. Leonard’s grandchildren.

(8)
Includes 10,600 shares held indirectly in custodial accounts for Mr. Martin's grandchildren.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Certain Relationship and Related Transactions” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Some of our Directors and the companies with which they are associated are our customers, and we expect to have banking transactions with them in the future. All loans and commitments to lend were made in the ordinary course of our business and were in compliance with applicable laws. Terms, including interest rates and collateral, were substantially the same as those prevailing for comparable transactions with other persons of similar creditworthiness. These transactions do not involve credits which are different than extended to non-Board customers more than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. We have a policy regarding the review of the adequacy and fairness of Bank loans to directors and officers. Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits a company from extending credit, arranging for the extension of credit or renewing an extension of credit in the form of a personal loan to one of its officers or directors. There are several exceptions to this general prohibition, including loans made by an FDIC insured depository institution that is subject to the insider lending restrictions of the Federal Reserve Act. All loans to our directors and officers comply with the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation O and, therefore, are excepted from the prohibitions of Section 402.
All loans to Directors or executive officers would be subject to the limitations prescribed by California Financial Code Section 1360, et seq. and by the Financial Institutions Regulatory and Interest Rate Control Act of 1978.
From time to time, some of the Company’s Directors, directly or through affiliates, may perform services for the Bank. These activities are performed in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business and are subject to strict compliance with the policies outlined below. In 2021, the Company made payments totaling $601,000 to Crown Painting and Design Studio 120, companies affiliated with a Thomas Haidlen’s daughter, for renovation and design work performed in connection with various projects and maintenance on the Bank’s branches.
Policies and Procedures for Approving Related Party Transactions
Our Board of Directors is committed to the highest levels of honesty and integrity and, as such, takes related party transactions very seriously and adheres to very strict policies and procedures that exceed typical practices of other boards of directors to handle “related party transaction” issues.
A “related party transaction” is a transaction in an amount exceeding $120,000 between the Company or the Bank and any “related person,” including any transaction requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. Generally, a “related person” is (i) any person who is, or was at any time since the beginning of the Company’s last fiscal year, a director or executive officer of the Company or the Bank or a nominee to become a director of the Company or the Bank; (ii) any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of the Company’s voting securities; (iii) any immediate family member (i.e., any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law), and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household, of any of the persons described in (i) or (ii); and (iv) any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the persons described in (i), (ii) or (iii) is employed or is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.
The general policy of the Board of Directors is that each Director and prospective director must disclose any “related party transaction” to the Board before such transaction may occur and, furthermore, that such transaction may thereafter be consummated if and only if (i) a majority of “non-interested” directors approves such transaction, and (ii) such transaction is on terms comparable to those that would be obtained in arm length dealings with an unrelated third party. A “non-interested” director is a director who is not directly or indirectly involved in the “related party transaction.” A director is deemed to be not directly involved if the director is not involved in the transaction, and a director is deemed to be not indirectly involved if the transaction does not involve any of the director’s immediate family members or any firm, corporation or other entity of which the director is an employee, partner, principal or in a similar position or a 10% or greater beneficial owner.
In making its decision on whether or not to approve a transaction, the Board also considers the benefits the Company or the Bank would receive in the transaction; the impact the transaction would have on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a partner, shareholder or executive officer; the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; the terms of the transaction; and the terms available to unrelated third parties or to our employees generally.

In addition, the Board has stated that it is the responsibility of each director and prospective director to disclose to the Board any relationship that may not necessarily involve a “related party transaction” but that could impair his or her independence or pose any conflict of interest with the Company or the Bank, including (i) affiliations of a director or prospective director; (ii) affiliations of an immediate family member (i.e., child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law) or anyone other person, other than a domestic employee, who shares a director or prospective director’s home; and (iii) affiliations of a director or prospective director with the Company or Bank (a) customer, supplier, distributor, dealer, reseller or other channel partner, (b) lender, outside legal counsel, investment banker or consultant, (c) significant shareholder, (d) charitable or not-for-profit institution that has received or receives donations from the Company or the Bank, or (e) competitor or other person having an interest adverse to us.
Board of Directors
Board Independence
For 2021 and through the date of this report, a majority of the Board of Directors consisted of independent directors, as defined by the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market, as follows:
Donald L. Barton
Lynn R. Dickerson
James L. Gilbert
H. Randolph Holder
Allison C. Lafferty
Daniel J. Leonard
Ronald C. Martin
Janet S. Pelton
Gary J. Strong
Danny L. Titus
Terrance P. Withrow
In November 2021, the Board of Directors appointed Gary J. Strong to the Board and determined that Mr. Strong was also an independent director.
The non-independent directors of the Board are Thomas A. Haidlen whom has related party transactions as described in the Information About Directors and Executive Officers section of this proxy statement below, and Christopher M. Courtney, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
In making its independence determinations, the Board considered transactions that occurred since the beginning of fiscal year 2021 between the Company and entities associated with the independent directors or members of their immediate family. All identified transactions that appeared to relate to the Company and a family member of, or entity with a known connection to, a director was presented to the Board for consideration.
In making its subjective determination that each of the Company’s directors other than Mr. Courtney and Mr. Haidlen is independent, the Board reviewed and discussed additional information provided by the directors and the Company with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to the Company and the Company’s management which consisted of the transactions described above in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is RSM US LLP, Issuing Office: San Francisco, CA, PCAOB ID: 49.

The following presents fees billed for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 for professional services renderedinformation required by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the auditthis Item is incorporated by reference to “Proposal No. 2: Ratification of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and fees billed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for other services rendered to the Company:

Fees
 
2021
  
2020
 
Audit Fees $232,894  $215,000 
Audit-related Fees  0   0 
Tax Fees  22,050   21,000 
All other Fees  0   0 
Total $254,944  $236,000 
Audit Fees.  Annual audit fees, including outAppointment of pocket expenses, related to services rendered in connection with the audit of the annual financial statements includedIndependent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Audit-Related Fees.    Audit-related services include fees for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting matters.
Tax Fees.    Tax services include fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
All Other Fees.    Includes all other fees not related to audit and tax services.
The Audit Committee has determined that the provision of services, in addition to audit services, rendered by RSM US LLP and the fees paid therefore in fiscal year 2021 were compatible with maintaining RSM US LLP’s independence.
The Audit Committee pre-approves all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof)Proxy Statement to be performed for the Company by its independent registered public accounting firm, subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act that are approved by the Audit Committeefiled prior to the completion2024 Annual Meeting of the audit.Shareholders.


PARTIV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Documents Filed as Part of this Report:

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The Financial Statements of the Company and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth on pages F-1 through F-44 of the Original Form 10-K.

F-42.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules to the Financial Statements are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the Financial Statements or accompanying notes.

62

(a)(3) Exhibits

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

   

3.1

 

   

3.2

 

   

3.3

 

   
3.4

4.1

 
3.5
3.6Amendment of Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2013).
4.1

   

10.1

 

   
10.2

10.3

 
10.3

   

10.4

 

   

10.5

 

14

   

21

 

   

23.1

 

   
31.01

24

 

31.01

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   

31.02

 

   

32.01

 

   
101

97.1

 

Oak Valley Bancorp Clawback Policy

101

The following financial statements from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021,2023, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 101 to the Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2022).Statements.

   

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 101 to the Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2022)


*          Furnished, not filed.

†         Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

ITEM 16.
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “1934 Act”) the registrant has duly caused Amendment No. 1 to this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

authorized, in Oakdale, California on April 1, 2024.

Dated: May 2, 2022

OAK VALLEY BANCORP  
a California corporation

 

By:

/s/  CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY

Christopher M. Courtney, Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1934 Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ DONALD L. BARTON

Director

April 1, 2024

Donald Barton

    
    

/s/ CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY

 By:

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  JEFFREY A. GALLApril 1, 2024

Christopher M. Courtney

 
  

/s/ LYNN R. DICKERSON

Director

April 1, 2024

Lynn R. Dickerson

/s/ JEFFREY A. GALL

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)

April 1, 2024

Jeffrey A. Gall

/s/ JAMES L. GILBERT

Director

April 1, 2024

James L. Gilbert

/s/ THOMAS A. HAIDLEN

Director

April 1, 2024

Thomas A. Haidlen

/s/ H. RANDOLPH HOLDER

Director

April 1, 2024

H. Randolph Holder

/s/ DANIEL J. LEONARD

Director

April 1, 2024

Daniel J. Leonard

/s/ RONALD C. MARTIN

Director

April 1, 2024

Ronald C. Martin

/s/ JANET S. PELTON

Director

April 1, 2024

Janet S. Pelton

/s/ GARY STRONG

Director

April 1, 2024

Gary Strong

/s/ DANNY L. TITUS

Director

April 1, 2024

Danny L. Titus

/s/ TERRANCE P. WITHROW

Director

April 1, 2024

Terrance P. Withrow

/s/ ALLISON C. LAFFERTY

Director

April 1, 2024

Allison C. Lafferty

Managements Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Oak Valley Bancorp is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to ensure that material information regarding our operations is made available to management and the board of directors to provide them reasonable assurance that the published financial statements are fairly presented. There are limitations inherent in any internal control, such as the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. As a result, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. As conditions change over time so too may the effectiveness of internal controls.

Our management has evaluated our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO 2013) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

/s/  CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY

/s/  JEFFREY A. GALL

Christopher M. Courtney, Chief Executive Officer

Jeffrey A. Gall, Chief Financial Officer

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oak Valley Bancorp and its subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for credit losses on financial instruments in 2023 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Financial InstrumentsCredit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Credit Losses).

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical AuditMatters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Allowance for Credit Losses

As described in Notes 1 and 4 to the financial statements, the Company's allowance for credit losses (allowance) is deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information, which includes  historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount over the contractual life. The total allowance represented $10,896,000 at December 31, 2023.

Management calculates the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves for all loan categories using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology. The DCF quantitative reserve methodology incorporates the consideration of probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”) estimates to calculate expected lifetime losses.  The PD estimates are derived using reasonable and supportable economic forecasts and historical loss-rate data from both the bank and a selected peer group.    The historical loss-rate data is compared to identified benchmark economic indicators to create a regression model that is updated annually.  Reasonable and supportable forecasts for the identified economic indicators are then incorporated to arrive at expected default rates for the various loan categories. The reasonable and supportable forecasts are based on the National Unemployment Rate and Real Gross Domestic Product. The expected default rates are then applied to expected monthly loan balances estimated through the consideration of contractual terms and expected prepayments. The Company utilizes a four-quarter forecast period, after which the expected default rates revert to the historical average over a four-quarter reversion period on a straight-line basis. The prepayment assumptions are estimated based on historical experience of the bank.  The prepayment assumptions may be updated by Management in the event that changing conditions impact Management’s estimate.  LGD utilized in the DCF is derived from the application of models that correlate LGD and PD based on historical peer data. 

Management recognizes that there are additional factors impacting risk of loss in the loan portfolio beyond what is captured in the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves.  As current and expected conditions may vary compared with conditions over historical periods, which are utilized in the calculation of quantitative reserves, management considers whether additional or reduced reserve levels on collectively evaluated loans may be warranted given the consideration of a variety of qualitative factors.

Several of the following qualitative factors considered by management reflect regulatory guidance on qualitative factors, whereas several others represent factors unique to the Company or unique to the current time period.

●   Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices

●   Changes in international, regional and local economic and business conditions, and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, as reflected in forecasts of the California unemployment rate

●   Changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio

●   Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff

●   Changes in the volume and severity of past due, watch loans and classified loans

●   Changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review processes

●   Changes in the value of underlying collateral for loans not identified as collateral dependent

●   Changes in loan categorization concentrations 

●   Other external factors, which include, the regulatory risk ratings

The qualitative portion of the Company’s reserves on collectively evaluated loans are calculated using a combination of numeric frameworks (established matrices defining reserve rates based on specified metrics) and management judgement to determine risk categorizations in each of the qualitative factors.  The amount of qualitative reserves is also contingent upon the relative weighting of qualitative factors according to management’s judgement.

We identified the determination and evaluation of the PD, LGD, prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, and qualitative factors components of the allowance as a critical audit matter. The determination and evaluation of the PD, LGD, prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, and qualitative factors components of the allowance are a significant accounting estimates involving management’s judgments and subjectivity. In turn, auditing management’s judgments involved a high degree of subjectivity.

The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included, among others:

Obtaining an understanding of the management review control over the determination and evaluation of the PD, LGD, prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, and qualitative factors components of the allowance, and testing such control for design and operating effectiveness.

Obtaining an understanding of and testing the controls over the data used in the determination of these components.

Testing the data inputs used in the determination of these components to ensure completeness and accuracy by comparing to source documents and independently validating certain external data inputs.

Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s judgments related to the assumptions used to determine the PD, LGD, prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, and qualitative factors components of the allowance, including considering the sensitivity analyses performed by management over these assumptions.  

/s/ RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

San Francisco, California

April 1, 2024

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)

  

December 31,

  

December 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 

ASSETS

        

Cash and due from banks

 $180,068  $415,803 

Federal funds sold

  36,500   13,830 

Cash and cash equivalents

  216,568   429,633 
         

Securities - available for sale

  518,078   527,438 

Securities - equity investments

  3,132   2,990 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $10,896 and $9,468 at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively

  1,004,277   905,035 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

  31,506   30,218 

Bank premises and equipment, net

  15,865   15,300 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

  3,473   3,558 

Deferred tax asset

  13,247   17,134 

Interest receivable and other assets

  36,276   37,040 
         
  $1,842,422  $1,968,346 
         

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY

        
         

Deposits

 $1,650,534  $1,814,297 

Interest payable and other liabilities

  25,796   27,423 

Total liabilities

  1,676,330   1,841,720 
         

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 13)

          
         

Shareholders’ equity

        

Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 8,293,168 and 8,257,894 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively

  25,435   25,435 

Additional paid-in capital

  5,512   5,190 

Retained earnings

  154,301   126,728 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  (19,156)  (30,727)

Total shareholders’ equity

  166,092   126,626 
         
  $1,842,422  $1,968,346 

See accompanying notes

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 

INTEREST INCOME

        

Interest and fees on loans

 $44,773  $38,887 

Interest on securities

  20,578   14,155 

Interest on federal funds sold

  1,414   415 

Interest on deposits with banks

  13,901   7,738 

Total interest income

  80,666   61,195 
         

INTEREST EXPENSE

        

Deposits

  4,863   1,119 

Federal funds purchased

  1   0 

Total interest expense

  4,864   1,119 
         

Net interest income

  75,802   60,076 

Provision for (reversal of) credit losses

  970   (1,350)

Net interest income after provision for (reversal of) credit losses

  74,832   61,426 
         

NON-INTEREST INCOME

        

Service charges on deposits

  1,813   1,596 

Debit card transaction fee income

  1,773   1,734 

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

  788   749 

Mortgage commissions

  20   73 

Gains on sales and calls of available-for-sale securities

  156   0 

Other

  2,081   1,419 

Total non-interest income

  6,631   5,571 
         

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

        

Salaries and employee benefits

  26,109   23,045 

Occupancy expenses

  4,541   4,151 

Data processing fees

  2,729   2,343 

Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DFPI)

  1,020   927 

Other operating expenses

  6,758   6,842 

Total non-interest expense

  41,157   37,308 
         

Net income before provision for income taxes

  40,306   29,689 
         

Total provision for income taxes

  9,458   6,787 

Net Income

 $30,848  $22,902 
         

Net income per share

 $3.76  $2.80 
         

Net income per diluted share

 $3.75  $2.79 

See accompanying notes

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

  

YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 
         

Net income

 $30,848  $22,902 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period

  16,584   (52,410)

Less: reclassification for net gains included in net income

  (156)  0 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

  16,428   (52,410)

Tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income

  (4,857)  15,495 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  11,571   (36,915)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 $42,419  $(14,013)

See accompanying notes

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY

  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 AND 2022

 
                  

Accumulated

     
          

Additional

      

Other

  

Total

 
  

Common Stock

  

Paid-in

  

Retained

  

Comprehensive

  

Shareholders'

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Shares

  

Amount

  

Capital

  

Earnings

  

Income (Loss)

  

Equity

 
                         

Balances, January 1, 2023

  8,257,894  $25,435  $5,190  $126,728  $(30,727) $126,626 

Restricted stock issued

  43,446   0   0   0   0   0 

Restricted stock forfeited

  (300)  0   0   0   0   0 

Restricted stock surrendered for tax withholding

  (7,872)  0   (211)  0   0   (211)

Cash dividends declared $0.32 per share of common stock

  0   0   0   (2,646)  0   (2,646)

Stock based compensation

  0   0   533   0   0   533 

Other comprehensive gain

  0   0   0   0   11,571   11,571 

CECL adoption adjustments

  0   0   0   (629)  0   (629)

Net income

  0   0   0   30,848   0   30,848 

Balances, December 31, 2023

  8,293,168  $25,435  $5,512  $154,301  $(19,156) $166,092 
                         

Balances, January 1, 2022

  8,239,099  $25,435  $4,689  $106,300  $6,188  $142,612 

Restricted stock issued

  27,047   0   0   0   0   0 

Restricted stock forfeited

  (1,800)  0   0   0   0   0 

Restricted stock surrendered for tax withholding

  (6,452)  0   (121)  0   0   (121)

Cash dividends declared $0.30 per share of common stock

  0   0   0   (2,474)  0   (2,474)

Stock based compensation

  0   0   622   0   0   622 

Other comprehensive loss

  0   0   0   0   (36,915)  (36,915)

Net income

  0   0   0   22,902   0   22,902 

Balances, December 31, 2022

  8,257,894  $25,435  $5,190  $126,728  $(30,727) $126,626 

See accompanying notes

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  

YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 
         

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net income

 $30,848  $22,902 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Provision for (reversal of) credit losses

  970   (1,350)

Increase (decrease) in deferred fees/costs, net

  151   (197)

Depreciation

  1,329   1,312 

Amortization of investment securities, net

  1,151   1,328 

Unrealized (gain) loss on equity securities

  (41)  475 

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use asset

  (231)  (161)

Stock based compensation

  533   622 

Gain on sales and calls of available for sale securities

  (156)  0 

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

  (788)  (749)

Increase (decrease) in deferred tax asset

  706   (489)

(Decrease) increase in interest payable and other liabilities

  (1,411)  875 

Increase in interest receivable

  (456)  (3,872)

Decrease in other assets

  454   2,110 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  33,059   22,806 
         

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Purchases of available for sale securities

  (40,660)  (358,845)

Purchases of equity securities

  (101)  (74)

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities

  42,791   0 

Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal paydowns of securities available for sale

  22,662   40,558 

Investment in LIHTC

  (373)  (1,241)

Net increase in loans

  (100,709)  (55,641)

Purchase of FHLB Stock

  (720)  0 

Redemption of FHLB stock

  0   257 

Purchase of BOLI policies

  (500)  0 

Purchases of premises and equipment

  (1,894)  (1,190)

Net cash used in investing activities

  (79,504)  (376,176)
         

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        

Federal funds advances

  1,855   0 

Federal funds payments

  (1,855)  0 

Shareholder cash dividends paid

  (2,646)  (2,474)

Net (decrease) increase in demand deposits and savings accounts

  (179,098)  7,655 

Net increase (decrease) in time deposits

  15,335   (324)

Tax withholding payments on vested restricted shares surrendered

  (211)  (121)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (166,620)  4,736 
         

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

  (213,065)  (348,634)
         

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

  429,633   778,267 
         

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

 $216,568  $429,633 
         

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

        

Cash paid during the period for:

        

Interest

 $4,715  $1,119 

Operating leases

 $1,469  $1,331 

Income taxes

 $10,449  $3,910 
         

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities

 $16,428  $(52,410)

Change in contributions payable to LIHTC limited partner investment

 $0  $10,500 

Right-of-use asset obtained in exchange for new operating lease liability

 $(390) $(2,389)

See accompanying notes

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

Oak Valley Bancorp (“the Company”, “us”, “our”) is the parent holding company for Oak Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”), a California state-chartered bank.  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary. Unless otherwise stated, the “Company” refers to the consolidated entity, Oak Valley Bancorp, while the “Bank” refers to Oak Valley Community Bank. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. There was no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity as previously reported as a result of reclassifications. In the opinion of Management, the consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows.  All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature.

The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of California on May 31,1990 and began operations in Oakdale on May 28,1991. The Company operates branches in Oakdale, Sonora, Bridgeport, Bishop, Mammoth Lakes, Modesto, Manteca, Patterson, Turlock, Ripon, Stockton, Escalon, Sacramento, and Roseville, California. The Bridgeport, Mammoth Lakes, and Bishop branches operate as a separate division, Eastern Sierra Community Bank. The Company’s primary source of revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominantly middle-market businesses.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the allowance for credit losses, accounting for income taxes, fair value measurements and goodwill impairment. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

Subsequent eventsThe Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2023 through the date of the filing for potential recognition or disclosure.

Cash and cash equivalents — The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents to include cash, due from banks, certificates of deposit with original maturities of three months or less, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. At times throughout the year, balances can exceed FDIC insurance limits. 

Securities available for sale — Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, and debentures not classified as trading securities or held-to-maturity securities. Available-for-sale securities with unrealized holding gains and losses are reported as an amount in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Gains and losses on the sale or call of available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific identification method. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized as adjustments to interest income over the period to maturity, except for premiums on securities with call dates which are amortized to the earliest call date.

Consistent with ASU 2016-01, equity securities consist of those securities with readily determinable fair value and are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management evaluates whether the decline in fair value is a reflection of credit deterioration or other factors. In performing this evaluation, management considers the extent which fair value has fallen below amortized cost, changes in ratings by rating agencies, and other information indicating a deterioration in repayment capacity of either the underlying issuer or the borrowers providing repayment capacity in a securitization. If management’s evaluation indicates that a credit loss exists then a present value of the expected cash flows is calculated and compared to the amortized cost basis of the security in question and to the degree that the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value an allowance for credit loss (“ACL”) is established, with the caveat that the maximum amount of the reserve on any individual security is the difference between the fair value and amortized cost balance of the security in question. Any unrealized loss that has not been recorded through an ACL is recognized in other comprehensive income.

F- 10

The unrealized losses are due primarily to rising market yields and not due to credit deterioration. As such, no ACL on available-for-sale securities has been established as of December 31, 2023. The Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security.

Other real estate owned — Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at fair value of the property at the date of foreclosure less estimated selling costs. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and any subject revisions in the estimate of fair value are reported as adjustment to the carrying value of the real estate, provided the adjusted carrying amount does not exceed the original amount at foreclosure. Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses.

Loans originated — Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees, and the allowance for credit losses. Unearned discounts on installment loans are recognized as income over the terms of the loans. Interest on other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on the daily balance of the principal amount outstanding.

Loan fees net of certain direct costs of origination are deferred and amortized, as an adjustment to interest yield, over the estimated life of the loan.

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is discontinued either when reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of interest or principal or when a loan becomes contractually past due by ninety days or more with respect to interest or principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on such loans is then recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is probable. Interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest.

Allowance for credit losses (ACL) — As required by ASU 2016-13, on January 1, 2023 the Company implemented CECL and increased our ACL, previously the allowance for loan losses, with a $346,000 cumulative adjustment. Under ASU 2016-13, the allowance for credit losses is deducted from the amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information, which includes experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount over the remaining contractual life. The Company’s ACL is calculated monthly, with any difference in the calculated ACL and the recorded ACL trued-up through an entry to the provision for credit losses. Management calculates the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves for all loan categories, using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology. For purposes of estimating the Company’s ACL, management generally evaluates collectively evaluated loans by federal call code in order to group loans with similar risk characteristics together, however management has grouped loans in selected call codes together in determining portfolio segments, due to similar risk characteristics and reserve methodologies used for certain call code classifications.

The DCF quantitative reserve methodology incorporates the consideration of probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”) estimates to calculate expected lifetime losses. The PD estimates are derived using reasonable and supportable economic forecasts and historical loss rate data from both the bank and a selected peer group. The historical loss rate data is compared to identified benchmark economic indicators to create a regression model that is updated annually. Reasonable and supportable forecasts for the identified economic indicators are then incorporated to arrive at expected default rates for the various loan categories. The reasonable and supportable forecasts are based on the National Unemployment Rate and Real Gross Domestic Product. The expected default rates are then applied to expected monthly loan balances estimated through the consideration of contractual terms and expected prepayments. The Company utilizes a four-quarter forecast period, after which the expected default rates revert to the historical average, over a four-quarter reversion period, on a straight-line basis. The prepayment assumptions are estimated based on historical experience of the bank. The prepayment assumptions are updated quarterly and may be subject to additional updates by Management in the event that changing conditions impact Management’s estimate. LGD utilized in the DCF is derived from the application of models that correlate LGD and PD based on historical peer data.

F- 11

Management recognizes that there are additional factors impacting risk of loss in the loan portfolio beyond what is captured in the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves. As current and expected conditions, may vary compared with conditions over historical periods, which are utilized in the calculation of quantitative reserves, management considers whether additional or reduced reserve levels on collectively evaluated loans may be warranted given the consideration of a variety of qualitative factors. Several of the following qualitative factors (“Q-factors”) considered by management reflect regulatory guidance on Q-factors, whereas several others represent factors unique to the Company or unique to the current time period.

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices

Changes in international, regional and local economic and business conditions, and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, as reflected in forecasts of the California unemployment rate

Changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio

Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff

Changes in the volume and severity of past due, watch loans and classified loans

Changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review processes

Changes in the value of underlying collateral for loans not identified as collateral dependent

Changes in loan categorization concentrations

Other external factors, which include, the regulatory risk ratings.

The qualitative portion of the Company’s reserves on collectively evaluated loans are calculated using a combination of numeric frameworks, matrices defining reserve rate based on specified metrics, and management judgement, to determine risk categorizations in each of the Q-factors presented above. The amount of qualitative reserves is also contingent upon the relative weighting of Q-factors according to management’s judgement.

Loans identified as losses by management and internal loan review are charged-off. Furthermore, consumer loan accounts are charged-off automatically based on regulatory requirements.

Accrued interest receivable for loans is included in the “Interest receivable and other assets” line item on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.  The Company elected not to measure an allowance for accrued interest receivable and instead elected to reverse accrued interest income on loans that are placed on nonaccrual status.  The Company believes this policy results in the timely reversal of uncollectible interest.

The method for calculating the allowance for unfunded loan commitments is based on applying an estimated funding rate to the unfunded loan commitment balance to determine a projected cashflow schedule. Then the quantitative loan loss rate from each loan pool as calculated in the DCF model described above is used to calculate the allowance for unfunded loan commitments which is recorded included in interest payable and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

Premises and equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives using the straight-line basis. The estimated lives used in determining depreciation and amortization are:

Building (in years)

  31.5  
      

Equipment (in years)

 312 
      

Furniture and fixtures (in years)

 37 
      

Leasehold improvements (in years)

 515 

The Company adopted ASU No.2016-02,Leases (Topic 842) on the effective date of January 1, 2019. All of the Company’s leases were determined to be operating leases. The Company determined the operating lease liability as of January 1, 2019, by calculating the present value of remaining base rent cash payments on each of its leases, excluding any renewal options regardless of the likelihood that the option would be exercised. The resulting operating lease liability recorded as of January 1, 2019 was $5,246,000, which is included in interest payable and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The ROU asset was then determined by adjusting the operating lease liability by deferred rent and unamortized tenant improvement allowance. The ROU asset recorded on January 1, 2019 was $4,817,000, which is included in interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. The straight-line method of depreciation is followed for all assets for financial reporting purposes, but accelerated methods are used for tax purposes. Deferred income taxes have been provided for the resulting temporary differences.

Income taxes — Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

F- 12

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the State of California. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2020 or to state/local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2019.

Transfers of financial assets — Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when:  (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that contain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Advertising costs — The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $371,000 and $355,000 for the years ended December 31,2023 and 2022, respectively.

Comprehensiveincome — Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes items previously recorded directly to shareholders’ equity, such as unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale. Comprehensive income is presented in the statements of comprehensive income and as a component of shareholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31,2023 and 2022, $110,000 and $0, net of tax, respectively, was reclassified from comprehensive income into net income related to gains on called and sold available for sale securities.

Federal Reserve Bank Stock —  Federal Reserve Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FRB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted equity securities. Management periodically evaluates FRB stock for other-than-temporary impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FRB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FRB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FRB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FRB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FRB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FRB. This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock —  Federal Home Loan Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FHLB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted equity securities. Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB. This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Earnings per common share (EPS) —  EPS is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The table in footnote 12 shows: (1) weighted average basic shares, (2) effect of dilutive securities related to stock options and non-vested restricted stock, and (3) weighted average diluted shares. Basic EPS are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock awards. Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The total dilutive shares included in annual diluted EPS is a year-to-date weighted average of the total dilutive shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation under the treasury stock method. We have two forms of outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stockholders and they both share equally in undistributed earnings. Therefore, under the two-class method, the difference in EPS is not significant for these participating securities.

Stock based compensation The Company recognizes in the consolidated statements of income the grant-date fair value of restricted stock, stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite service period (generally the vesting period). The Company uses the straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded vesting. The fair value of each restricted stock grant is based on the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The Company issued restricted stock grants totaling 43,446 and 27,047 shares in 2023 and 2022, respectively.

F- 13

Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of December 31,2023 and 2022. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change.

Fair value measurements The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company bases the fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for investment and securities held to maturity that are other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower-of-cost or market accounting.

The Company has established and documented a process for determining fair value. The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily available market data, Management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial consolidated statements.

Revenue recognition — Revenue from deposit account-related fees, including general service fees charged for deposit account maintenance and activity and transaction-based fees charged for certain services, such as debit card, wire transfer or overdraft activities, is recognized when the performance obligation is completed, which is generally after a transaction is completed or monthly for account maintenance services. Investment advisory service fees are received from a third-party broker-dealer as part of a revenue sharing agreement for fees earned from customers that the Company refers to the third party for services that include custody of assets, investment management, trust services, and other fiduciary activities. Revenue is recognized when the performance obligation is completed, which is generally monthly.

Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. There was no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity as a result of reclassifications.

Goodwill and other intangible assets— As of December 31, 2023 intangible assets are comprised of goodwill of $3,313,000 and core deposit intangibles of $159,000, which were acquired through a business combination, as compared to goodwill of $3,313,000 and core deposit intangible of $245,000 as of December 31, 2022. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. If an event occurs that indicates the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable, management reviews the asset for impairment. Any goodwill and any intangible asset acquired in a purchase business combination determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment, at a minimum, on an annual basis.

The core deposit intangible represents the estimated future benefits of acquired deposits and is booked separately from the related deposits. The value of the core deposit intangible asset was determined using a discounted cash flow approach to arrive at the cost differential between the core deposits (non-maturity deposits such as transaction, savings and money market accounts) and alternative funding sources. The core deposit intangible is amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated ten-year life, and it is evaluated periodically for impairment. No impairment loss was recognized as of December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2023, the core deposit intangibles future estimated amortization expense is as follows:

(in thousands)

 

2024

  

2025

  

Total

 

Core deposit intangible amortization

 $82  $77  $159 

The Company applies a qualitative analysis of conditions in order to determine if it is more likely than not that the carrying value is impaired. In the event that the qualitative analysis suggests that the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired, the Company uses several quantitative valuation methodologies in evaluating goodwill for impairment that includes assumptions made concerning the future earnings potential of the organization, and a market-based approach that looks at values for organizations of comparable size, structure and business model. The current year's review of qualitative factors did not indicate that impairment has occurred, as such no quantitative analysis was performed at December 31,2023.

F- 14

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No.2016-13,Financial Instruments Credit Losses (Topic 326). This update revises the methodology used by financial institutions under GAAP to recognize credit losses in the financial statements.  Previously, GAAP required the use of an “incurred loss” model, whereby financial institutions recognize in current period earnings, incurred credit losses and those inherent in the financial statements, as of the date of the balance sheet.  The “incurred loss” methodology for recognizing credit losses delayed recognition until it is probable that a loss has been incurred. ASU 2016-13 replaces such incurred loss impairment model with a new methodology that requires organizations to measure all expected credit losses for financial instruments held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This ASU guidance results in a new model for estimating the allowance for credit losses, commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model.  Under the CECL model, financial institutions are required to estimate future credit losses and recognize those losses in current period earnings.  The amendments within the update were initially effective for fiscal years and all interim periods beginning after December 15,2019.  In October 2019, FASB approved an amendment that delayed the adoption of this ASU for three years for certain entities including the Company since we are classified as a Smaller Reporting Company. The Company adopted these standards as required on January 1, 2023 using the modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit exposures. There was no cumulative effect adjustment related to our available-for-sale investment portfolio upon adoption and the Company had no securities designated as held-to-maturity as of January 1, 2023.

Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2023 are presented under CECL while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with the probable incurred loss method accounting standards.  The transition adjustment of the CECL adoption included an increase in the allowance for credit losses of $346,000, an increase of $547,000 to the reserve for unfunded commitments, a $629,000 decrease to retained earnings, and a $264,000 tax benefit recorded as part of the deferred tax asset in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In March 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-04 - Reference Rate Reform (Subtopic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides optional expedients and exceptions for contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or other reference rates expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. The ASU was effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. In December 2022, FASB Issued ASU 2022-06 to defer the sunset date from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2024. The ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. As a result of the phase out of LIBOR immediately after June 30, 2023, our loans that were indexed to LIBOR have transitioned to CME Term SOFR.

In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU No.2022-02,Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures (“ASU 2022-02”). ASU 2022-02 eliminates the accounting guidance for troubled debt restructurings in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 310-40, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors, while enhancing disclosure requirements for certain loan refinancing and restructurings by creditors when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. Additionally, ASU 2022-02 requires entities to disclose current-period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investments in leases within the scope of ASC Subtopic 326-20, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses - Measured at Amortized Cost. ASU 2022-02 became effective on January 1, 2023. The adoption of ASU 2022-02 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU No.2023-02,Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force). The amendments in this update permit reporting entities to elect to account for their tax equity investments, regardless of the program from which the income tax credits are received, using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. A reporting entity may make an accounting policy election to apply the proportional amortization method on a tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis rather than electing to apply the proportional amortization method at the reporting entity level or to individual investments. Previously, only Low-Income Housing Tax Credit investments were eligible to apply the proportional amortization method. This ASU becomes effective on January 1, 2024, with early adoption permitted and can be adopted using either a retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. The Company intends to adopt this standard but does not expect it will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

Cash and due from banks includes balances with the Federal Reserve Bank and other correspondent banks. Prior to March 2020, the Federal Reserve Bank required the Company to maintain a minimum reserve balance based on a percentage of the Company’s deposit liabilities. Effective March 26, 2020, the Federal Reserve Bank reduced the reserve requirement ratios to zero percent, which eliminated the reserve requirements for all depository institutions. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had Federal Reserve Bank balances of $147,379,000 and $225,366,000, respectively. In addition, the Company maintains other cash equivalent balances, of which insured balances totaled $45,968,000 and uninsured balances totaled $23,221,000 as of December 31, 2023.

NOTE 3 SECURITIES

Equity Securities

The Company held equity securities with fair values of $3,132,000 and $2,990,000 at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. There were no sales of equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2023 or 2022. Consistent with ASU 2016-01, these securities are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Accordingly, the Company recognized an unrealized gain of $41,000 and an unrealized loss of $475,000 during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Debt Securities

Debt securities have been classified in the financial statements as available for sale. The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2023 are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

  

Fair Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

                

U.S. agencies

 $84,678  $11  $(4,430) $80,259 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  9,108   0   (444)  8,664 

Municipalities

  345,981   2,792   (19,865)  328,908 

SBA pools

  1,394   3   (2)  1,395 

Corporate debt

  47,500   9   (3,992)  43,517 

Asset backed securities

  56,613   133   (1,411)  55,335 
  $545,274  $2,948  $(30,144) $518,078 

The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated of debt securities by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31,2023.

(dollars in thousands)

     

Less than 12 months

  

12 months or more

  

Total

 

Description of Securities

 

Number

of

Securities

  

Fair

Value

  

Unrealized

Loss

  

Fair

Value

  

Unrealized

Loss

  

Fair

Value

  

Unrealized

Loss

 

U.S. agencies

  51  $190  $(3) $79,556  $(4,427) $79,746  $(4,430)

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  6   4,791   (1)  3,873   (443)  8,664   (444)

Municipalities

  106   44,859   (453)  178,812   (19,412)  223,671   (19,865)

SBA pools

  4   116   0   472   (2)  588   (2)

Corporate debt

  13   0   0   41,508   (3,992)  41,508   (3,992)

Asset backed securities

  19   2,123   (8)  32,535   (1,403)  34,658   (1,411)

Total temporarily impaired securities

  199  $52,079  $(465) $336,756  $(29,679) $388,835  $(30,144)

For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management evaluates whether the decline in fair value is a reflection of credit deterioration or other factors. In performing this evaluation, management considers the extent which fair value has fallen below amortized cost, changes in ratings by rating agencies, and other information indicating a deterioration in repayment capacity of either the underlying issuer or the borrowers providing repayment capacity in a securitization. If management’s evaluation indicates that a credit loss exists then a present value of the expected cash flows is calculated and compared to the amortized cost basis of the security in question and to the degree that the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value an allowance for credit loss (“ACL”) is established, with the caveat that the maximum amount of the reserve on any individual security is the difference between the fair value and amortized cost balance of the security in question. Any unrealized loss that has not been recorded through an ACL is recognized in other comprehensive income.

F- 16

The unrealized losses are due primarily to rising market yields and not due to credit deterioration. As such, no ACL on available-for-sale securities has been established as of December 31, 2023. The Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31,2023, by contractual maturity or call date, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

(dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized

  

Fair

 
  

Cost

  

Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

        

Due in one year or less

 $101,428  $96,439 

Due after one year through five years

  145,914   144,650 

Due after five years through ten years

  219,804   203,685 

Due after ten years

  78,128   73,304 
  $545,274  $518,078 

Debt securities have been classified in the financial statements as available for sale. The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

  

Fair Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

                

U.S. agencies

 $94,142  $18  $(5,439) $88,721 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  5,094   0   (483)  4,611 

Municipalities

  361,643   1,017   (31,079)  331,581 

SBA pools

  2,358   10   (6)  2,362 

Corporate debt

  47,512   0   (5,452)  42,060 

Asset backed securities

  60,313   11   (2,221)  58,103 
  $571,062  $1,056  $(44,680) $527,438 

F- 17

The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated of debt securities by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31,2022.

(dollars in thousands)

     

Less than 12 months

  

12 months or more

  

Total

 

Description of Securities

 

Number

of

Securities

  

Fair

Value

  

Unrealized

Loss

  

Fair

Value

  

Unrealized

Loss

  

Fair

Value

  

Unrealized

Loss

 

U.S. agencies

  52  $81,936   (4,451)  3,972   (988) $85,908  $(5,439)

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  5   4,278   (431)  333   (52)  4,611   (483)

Municipalities

  132   216,154   (16,782)  46,348   (14,297)  262,502   (31,079)

SBA pools

  4   0   0   975   (6)  975   (6)

Corporate debt

  14   30,971   (3,041)  11,089   (2,411)  42,060   (5,452)

Asset backed securities

  24   36,275   (1,669)  14,043   (552)  50,318   (2,221)

Total temporarily impaired securities

  231  $369,614  $(26,374) $76,760  $(18,306) $446,374  $(44,680)

The Company recognized gross realized gains of $13,000 and $0 during 2023 and 2022, respectively, on certain available-for-sale securities that were called. The Company sold twenty-four available-for-sale securities in 2023 and recorded a corresponding gain on sale of $143,000, as compared to no sales in 2022.

Securities carried at $288,199,000 and $242,023,000 at December 31,2023 and 2022, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits of public funds.

NOTE 4 LOANS

The Company’s customers are primarily located in Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Sacramento, Placer, Inyo, and Mono Counties. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 88% of the Company’s loans are commercial real estate loans which includes construction loans. Approximately 6% of the Company’s loans are for general commercial uses including professional, retail, and small business. Additionally, 3% of the Company’s loans are for residential real estate and other consumer loans. The remaining 3% are agriculture loans.

Loan totals were as follows:

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2023

  

December 31, 2022

 

Commercial real estate:

        

Construction and land

 $63,060  $44,423 

Multi-family

  54,045   52,665 

Owner occupied

  210,407   206,960 

Non-owner occupied

  470,052   402,077 

Farmland

  96,188   86,501 

Commercial and industrial

  65,218   68,364 

Consumer

  31,687   33,591 

Agriculture

  25,922   21,177 

Total loans

  1,016,579   915,758 
          

Less:

         

Deferred loan fees and costs, net

  (1,406)  (1,255)

Allowance for credit losses

  (10,896)  (9,468)

Net loans

 $1,004,277  $905,035 

Loan Origination/Risk Management. The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions.

Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. Underwriting standards are designed to promote relationship banking rather than transactional banking. Once it is determined that the borrower’s management possesses sound ethics and solid business acumen, the Company’s management examines current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. This diversity helps reduce the Company’s exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the Company avoids financing single-purpose projects unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk. The Company also utilizes third-party experts to provide insight and guidance about economic conditions and trends affecting market areas it serves. In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans. At December 31,2023, approximately 35% of the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s commercial real estate loans were secured by owner-occupied properties.

F- 19

With respect to loans to developers and builders that are secured by non-owner occupied properties that the Company may originate from time to time, the Company generally requires the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and have a proven record of success. Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Significant events can affect the construction industry, including: the inherent volatility of real estate markets and vulnerability to delays due to weather, change orders, inability to obtain construction permits, labor or material shortages, and price changes. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

The Company originates consumer loans utilizing a computer-based credit scoring analysis to supplement the underwriting process. To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by line and staff personnel. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Additionally, trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home equity loans follow bank policy, which include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value percentage of 80%, a maximum housing and total debt ratio of 36% and 42%, respectively and other specified credit and documentation requirements.

The Company maintains an independent loan review function that validates the credit risk program on a periodic basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no loans classified as non-accrual loans.

The following table analyzes past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31,2023 (in thousands):

December 31, 2023

 

30-59
Days
Past Due

  

60-89
Days
Past Due

  

90 Days
or More
Past Due

  

Total
Past Due

  

Current

  

Total

  

90 Days
or More
Past Due
and Still
Accruing

 

Commercial real estate:

                            

Construction and land

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $63,060  $63,060  $0 

Multi-family

  0   0   0   0   54,045   54,045   0 

Owner occupied

  0   0   0   0   210,407   210,407   0 

Non-owner occupied

  0   0   0   0   470,052   470,052   0 

Farmland

  0   0   0   0   96,188   96,188   0 

Commercial and industrial

  0   0   0   0   65,218   65,218   0 

Consumer

  0   0   0   0   31,687   31,687   0 

Agriculture

  0   0   0   0   25,922   25,922   0 

Total

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $1,016,579  $1,016,579  $0 

F- 20

The following table analyzes past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31,2022 (in thousands):

December 31, 2022

 

30-59
Days
Past Due

  

60-89
Days
Past Due

  

90 Days
or More
Past Due

  

Total
Past Due

  

Current

  

Total

  

90 Days
or More
Past Due
and Still
Accruing

 

Commercial real estate:

                            

Construction and land

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $44,423  $44,423  $0 

Multi-family

  0   0   0   0   52,665   52,665   0 

Owner occupied

  0   0   0   0   206,960   206,960   0 

Non-owner occupied

  0   0   0   0   402,077   402,077   0 

Farmland

  0   0   0   0   86,501   86,501   0 

Commercial and industrial

  0   0   0   0   68,364   68,364   0 

Consumer

  0   0   0   0   33,591   33,591   0 

Agriculture

  0   0   0   0   21,177   21,177   0 

Total

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $915,758  $915,758  $0 

Collateral Dependent Loans. Management’s evaluation as to the ultimate collectability of loans includes estimates regarding future cash flows from operations and the value of property, real and personal, pledged as collateral. These estimates are affected by changing economic conditions and the economic prospects of borrowers. Prior to January 1, 2023, before CECL was adopted, collateral dependent loans are loans in which repayment is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral and there are no other available and reliable sources of repayment. Under CECL, loans can be determined to be collateral dependent if foreclosure of the loan’s underlying collateral is probable or as a practical expedient if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and the repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral. Loans are written down to the lower of cost or fair value of underlying collateral, less estimated costs to sell. The Company had no collateral dependent loans as of December 31, 2023. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2023, there were no impaired loans as of December 31, 2022.

Loan Modification Disclosures Pursuant to ASU2022-02 - The Company may agree to different types of concessions when modifying a loan. There were no loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, including principal forgiveness, rate reductions, payment deferral or term extension, during the year ended December 31, 2023.

TDR Disclosures Prior to the Adoption of ASU 2022-02 - At December 31, 2022, there were no loans classified as troubled debt restructurings, and therefore there were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous twelve months and for which there was a payment default during the twelve months ended December 31, 2022. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is ninety days contractually past due under the modified terms.

Loan Risk Grades– Quality ratings (Risk Grades) are assigned to all commitments and stand-alone notes. Risk grades define the basic characteristics of commitments or stand-alone note in relation to their risk. All loans are graded using a system that maximizes the loan quality information contained in loan review grades, while ensuring that the system is compatible with the grades used by bank examiners.

The Company grades loans using the following letter system:

1 Exceptional Loan

2 Quality Loan

3A Better Than Acceptable Loan

3B Acceptable Loan

3C Marginally Acceptable Loan

4 (W) Watch Acceptable Loan

5 Special Mention Loan

6 Substandard Loan

7 Doubtful Loan

8 Loss

F- 21

1. Exceptional Loan- Loans with A+ credits that contain very little, if any, risk. Grade 1 loans are considered Pass. To qualify for this rating, the following characteristics must be present:

A high level of liquidity and whose debt-servicing capacity exceeds expected obligations by a substantial margin.

Where leverage is below average for the industry and earnings are consistent or growing without severe vulnerability to economic cycles.

Also included in this rating (but not mandatory unless one or more of the preceding characteristics are missing) are loans that are fully secured and properly margined by our own time instruments or U.S. blue chip securities. To be properly margined, cash collateral must be equal to, or greater than, 110% of the loan amount.

2. Quality Loan- Loans with excellent sources of repayment that conform in all respects to bank policy and regulatory requirements. These are also loans for which little repayment risk has been identified. No credit or collateral exceptions. Grade 2 loans are considered Pass. Other factors include:

Unquestionable debt-servicing capacity to cover all obligations in the ordinary course of business from well-defined primary and secondary sources.

Consistent strong earnings.

A solid equity base.

3A. Better than Acceptable Loan- In the interest of better delineating the loan portfolio’s true credit risk for reserve allocation, further granularity has been sought by splitting the grade 3 category into three classifications. The distinction between the three are bank-defined guidelines and represent a further refinement of the regulatory definition of a pass, or grade 3 loan. Grade 3A is characterized by:

Strong earnings with no loss in last three years and ample cash flow to service all debt well above policy guidelines.

Long term experienced management with depth and defined management succession.

The loan has no exceptions to policy.

Loan-to-value on real estate secured transactions is 10% to 20% less than policy guidelines.

Very liquid balance sheet that may have cash available to pay off our loan completely.

Little to no debt on balance sheet.

3B. Acceptable Loan- 3B loans are simply defined as all loans that are less qualified than 3A loans and are stronger than 3C loans. These loans are characterized by acceptable sources of repayment that conform to bank policy and regulatory requirements. Repayment risks are acceptable for these loans. Credit or collateral exceptions are minimal, are in the process of correction, and do not represent repayment risk. These loans:

Are those where the borrower has average financial strengths, a history of profitable operations and experienced management.

Are those where the borrower can be expected to handle normal credit needs in a satisfactory manner.

3C. Marginally Acceptable Loan- 3C loans have similar characteristics as that of 3Bs with the following additional characteristics:

Requires collateral.

A credit facility where the borrower has average financial strengths, but usually lacks reliable secondary sources of repayment other than the subject collateral.

Other common characteristics can include some or all of the following: minimal background experience of management, lacking continuity of management, a start-up operation, erratic historical profitability (acceptable reasons-well identified), lack of or marginal sponsorship of guarantor, and government guaranteed loans.

4(W). Watch Acceptable Loan- Watch grade will be assigned to any credit that is adequately secured and performing but monitored for a number of indicators. These characteristics may include:

Any unexpected short-term adverse financial performance from budgeted projections or a prior period’s results (i.e., declining profits, sales, margins, cash flow, or increased reliance on leverage, including adverse balance sheet ratios, trade debt issues, etc.).

Any managerial or personal problems with company management, decline in the entire industry or local economic conditions, or failure to provide financial information or other documentation as requested.

Issues regarding delinquency, overdrafts, or renewals.

Any other issues that cause concern for the company.

Loans to individuals or loans supported by guarantors with marginal net worth and/or marginal collateral.

Weaknesses that are identified are short-term in nature.

Loans in this category are usually accounts the Bank would want to retain providing a positive turnaround can be expected within a reasonable time frame. Grade 4(W) loans are considered Pass.

F- 22

5. Special Mention Loan- A special mention extension of credit is defined as having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Extensions of credit that might be detailed in this category include the following:

The lending officer may be unable to properly supervise the credit because of an inadequate loan or credit agreement.

Questions exist regarding the condition of and/or control over collateral.

Economic or market conditions may unfavorably affect the obligor in the future.

A declining trend in the obligor’s operations or an imbalanced position in the balance sheet exists, but not to the point that repayment is jeopardized.

6. Substandard Loan- A “substandard” extension of credit is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard credits, does not have to exist in individual extensions of credit classified as substandard.

7. Doubtful Loan- An extension of credit classified as “doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceedings, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans. The entire loan need not be classified as doubtful when collection of a specific portion appears highly probable. An example of proper use of the doubtful category is the case of a company being liquidated, with the trustee-in-bankruptcy indicating a minimum disbursement of 40 percent and a maximum of 65 percent to unsecured creditors, including the Bank. In this situation, estimates are based on liquidation value appraisals with actual values yet to be realized. By definition, the only portion of the credit that is doubtful is the 25 percent difference between 40 and 65 percent.

A proper classification of such a credit would show 40 percent substandard, 25 percent doubtful, and 35 percent loss. A credit classified as doubtful should be resolved within a ‘reasonable’ period of time. Reasonable is generally defined as the period between examinations. In other words, a credit classified as doubtful at an examination should be cleared up before the next exam. However, there may be situations that warrant continuation of the doubtful classification a while longer.

8. Loss- Extensions of credit classified as “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the credit has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. It should not be the Company’s practice to attempt long-term recoveries while the credit remains on the books. Losses should be taken in the period in which they surface as uncollectible.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there are no loans that are classified with risk grades of 8- Loss.

The risk grades are reviewed every month, at a minimum and on an as-needed basis depending on the specific circumstances of the loan.

F- 23

The following table summarizes loan risk grade totals by class and year of origination as of December 31, 2023. Risk grades 1 through 4(W) have been aggregated in the “Pass” line.

  

As of December 31, 2023

 

(in thousands)

 

Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year

 

Risk Grade Ratings

 

2023

  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

  

2019

  

Prior

  

Revolving

Loans

  

Total

 

Commercial real estate - Construction & land

                                

Pass

 $16,237  $42,670  $1,259  $0  $1,244  $1,650  $0  $63,060 

Total commercial real estate - construction & land

  16,237   42,670   1,259   0   1,244   1,650   0   63,060 
                                 

Commercial real estate - Multi-family

                                

Pass

  3,803   6,976   8,711   3,473   6,780   24,302   0   54,045 

Total commercial real estate - multi-family

  3,803   6,976   8,711   3,473   6,780   24,302   0   54,045 
                                 

Commercial real estate - Owner occupied

                                

Pass

  10,031   40,666   48,377   25,642   14,341   57,971   251   197,279 

Special mention

  0   0   7,683   0   0   289   530   8,502 

Substandard

  0   0   0   0   4,626   0   0   4,626 

Total commercial real estate - owner occupied

  10,031   40,666   56,060   25,642   18,967   58,260   781   210,407 
                                 

Commercial real estate - Non-owner occupied

                                

Pass

  78,417   71,236   81,386   43,531   44,413   145,073   1,879   465,935 

Special mention

  0   0   0   0   0   4,117   0   4,117 

Total commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

  78,417   71,236   81,386   43,531   44,413   149,190   1,879   470,052 
                                 

Commercial real estate - Farmland

                                

Pass

  14,377   10,393   1,667   15,392   6,551   31,610   15,717   95,707 

Special mention

  0   0   0   0   0   481   0   481 

Total commercial real estate - farmland

  14,377   10,393   1,667   15,392   6,551   32,091   15,717   96,188 
                                 

Commercial and Industrial

                                

Pass

  10,967   11,268   9,608   6,018   4,384   2,239   20,502   64,986 

Special mention

  0   0   0   139   0   6   0   145 

Substandard

  0   0   0   0   0   87   0   87 

Total commercial and industrial

  10,967   11,268   9,608   6,157   4,384   2,332   20,502   65,218 
                                 

Consumer

                                

Pass

  1,234   5,042   4,104   2,213   2,074   7,555   8,529   30,751 

Special mention

  0   0   0   0   0   0   890   890 

Substandard

  0   0   0   0   0   46   0   46 

Total consumer

  1,234   5,042   4,104   2,213   2,074   7,601   9,419   31,687 
                                 

Agriculture

                                

Pass

  3,032   1,707   1,309   0   214   488   18,984   25,734 

Special mention

  0   0   0   0   0   0   188   188 

Total agriculture

  3,032   1,707   1,309   0   214   488   19,172   25,922 
                                 

Total by Risk Category

                                

Pass

  138,098   189,958   156,421   96,269   80,001   270,888   65,862   997,497 

Special mention

  0   0   7,683   139   0   4,893   1,608   14,323 

Substandard

  0   0   0   0   4,626   133   0   4,759 

Total

 $138,098  $189,958  $164,104  $96,408  $84,627  $275,914  $67,470  $1,016,579 

F- 24

The following table summarizes loan risk grade totals by class and year of origination as of December 31, 2022. Risk grades 1 through 4(W) have been aggregated in the “Pass” line.

  As of December 31, 2022 

(in thousands)

 Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year 

Risk Grade Ratings

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

  

2019

  

2018

  

Prior

  

Revolving

Loans

  

Total

 

Commercial real estate - Construction & land

                                

Pass

 $27,101  $12,351  $1,148  $1,791  $0  $2,032  $0  $44,423 

Total commercial real estate - construction & land

  27,101   12,351   1,148   1,791   0   2,032   0   44,423 
                                 

Commercial real estate - Multi-family

                                

Pass

  7,115   9,285   4,335   6,962   3,874   21,094   0   52,665 

Total commercial real estate - multi-family

  7,115   9,285   4,335   6,962   3,874   21,094   0   52,665 
                                 

Commercial real estate - Owner occupied

                                

Pass

  41,709   49,820   26,969   14,891   14,122   50,689   500   198,700 

Special mention

  0   7,959   0   0   301   0   0   8,260 

Total commercial real estate - owner occupied

  41,709   57,779   26,969   14,891   14,423   50,689   500   206,960 
                                 

Commercial real estate - Non-owner occupied

                                

Pass

  55,503   82,180   46,911   46,613   51,557   111,324   2,521   396,609 

Special mention

  0   0   0   0   0   743   0   743 

Substandard

  0   0   0   4,725   0   0   0   4,725 

Total commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

  55,503   82,180   46,911   51,338   51,557   112,067   2,521   402,077 
                                 

Commercial real estate - Farmland

                                

Pass

  10,831   2,531   16,315   7,375   9,114   25,514   14,821   86,501 

Total commercial real estate - farmland

  10,831   2,531   16,315   7,375   9,114   25,514   14,821   86,501 
                                 

Commercial and Industrial

                                

Pass

  11,697   15,746   9,851   5,892   2,242   1,651   19,412   66,491 

Special mention

  0   0   208   90   47   123   1,155   1,623 

Substandard

  0   0   0   0   0   0   250   250 

Total commercial and industrial

  11,697   15,746   10,059   5,982   2,289   1,774   20,817   68,364 
                                 

Consumer

                                

Pass

  5,230   4,702   3,414   2,168   2,307   6,171   8,649   32,641 

Special mention

  0   0   0   0   0   0   899   899 

Substandard

  0   0   0   0   0   51   0   51 

Total consumer

  5,230   4,702   3,414   2,168   2,307   6,222   9,548   33,591 
                                 

Agriculture

                                

Pass

  1,676   1,850   0   387   0   651   16,613   21,177 

Total agriculture

  1,676   1,850   0   387   0   651   16,613   21,177 
                                 

Total by Risk Category

                                

Pass

  160,862   178,465   108,943   86,079   83,216   219,126   62,516   899,207 

Special mention

  0   7,959   208   90   348   866   2,054   11,525 

Substandard

  0   0   0   4,725   0   51   250   5,026 

Total

 $160,862  $186,424  $109,151  $90,894  $83,564  $220,043  $64,820  $915,758 

F- 25

The following table details activity in the ACL by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31,2023 and 2022. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories.

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

 
                                     

(in thousands)

                                    

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

CRE
Construction

& Land

  

CRE
Multi-

family

  

CRE
Owner

occupied

  

CRE
Non-

owner

occupied

  

CRE
Farmland

  

Commercial

and

Industrial

  

Consumer

  

Agriculture

  

Total

 

Beginning balance

 $1,055  $479  $1,798  $4,211  $830  $612  $311  $172  $9,468 

CECL day-one adjustments

  338   23   103   25   12   102   (120)  (137)  346 

Charge-offs

  0   0   0   0   0   (12)  (40)  0   (52)

Recoveries

  139   0   0   0   0   12   13   0   164 

Provision for (reversal of) credit losses

  (305)  165   (96)  569   626   (64)  63   12   970 

Ending balance

 $1,227  $667  $1,805  $4,805  $1,468  $650  $227  $47  $10,896 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

                                    

Beginning balance

 $728  $502  $2,141  $5,105  $858  $746  $352  $306  $10,738 

Charge-offs

  0   0   0   0   0   0   (53)  0   (53)

Recoveries

  123   0   0   0   0   0   10   0   133 

Provision for (reversal of) credit losses

  204   (23)  (343)  (894)  (28)  (134)  2   (134)  (1,350)

Ending balance

 $1,055  $479  $1,798  $4,211  $830  $612  $311  $172  $9,468 

The following table details the allowance for credit losses and ending gross loan balances as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, summarized by collective and individual evaluation methods of impairment.

(in thousands)

                                    

December 31, 2023

 

CRE
Construction

& Land

  

CRE
Multi-

family

  

CRE
Owner

occupied

  

CRE
Non-

owner

occupied

  

CRE
Farmland

  

Commercial

and Industrial

  

Consumer

  

Agriculture

  

Total

 

Allowance for credit losses for loans:

                                    

Individually evaluated for impairment

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

  1,227   667   1,805   4,805   1,468   650   227   47   10,896 
  $1,227  $667  $1,805  $4,805  $1,468  $650  $227  $47  $10,896 
                                     

Ending gross loan balances:

                                    

Individually evaluated for impairment

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

  63,060   54,045   210,407   470,052   96,188   65,218   31,687   25,922   1,016,579 
  $63,060  $54,045  $210,407  $470,052  $96,188  $65,218  $31,687  $25,922  $1,016,579 
                                     

December 31, 2022

                                    

Allowance for credit losses for loans:

                                    

Individually evaluated for impairment

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

  1,055   479   1,798   4,211   830   612   311   172   9,468 
  $1,055  $479  $1,798  $4,211  $830  $612  $311  $172  $9,468 
                                     

Ending gross loan balances:

                                    

Individually evaluated for impairment

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

  44,423   52,665   206,960   402,077   86,501   68,364   33,591   21,177   915,758 
  $44,423  $52,665  $206,960  $402,077  $86,501  $68,364  $33,591  $21,177  $915,758 

F- 26

The following table presents gross charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 by portfolio class and origination year (dollars in thousands):

  

Year ended December 31, 2023

 

(in thousands)

 

Term Loans Charged-off by Origination Year

 

Chargeoffs

 

2023

  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

  

2019

  

Prior

  

Revolving

Loans

  

Total

 

Commercial real estate:

                                

Construction & land

 $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0  $0 

Multi-family

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0 

Owner occupied

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0 

Non-owner occupied

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0 

Farmland

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0 

Commercial and industrial

  0   0   12   0   0   0   0   12 

Consumer

  0   0   0   0   0   0   40   40 

Agriculture

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0 

Total

 $0  $0  $12  $0  $0  $0  $40  $52 

Changes in the allowance for undisbursed loan commitments were as follows:

(in thousands)

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 

Balance, beginning of year

 $546  $469 

CECL day-one adjustment

  547   0 

(Reversal of) provision charged to operations for off balance sheet

  (484)  77 

Balance, end of year

 $609  $546 

The method for calculating the allowance for unfunded loan commitments is based on applying an estimated funding rate to the unfunded loan commitment balance to determine a projected cashflow schedule. Then the quantitative loan loss rate from each loan pool, as calculated in the DCF model described above, is used to calculate the allowance for unfunded loan commitments which is recorded included in interest payable and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31,2023 and 2022, loans carried at $1,016,579,000 and $915,758,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

NOTE 5 PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Major classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

(in thousands)

 

DECEMBER 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 

Land

 $5,195  $5,195 

Building

  10,874   10,790 

Leasehold improvements

  5,417   5,357 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

  5,087   4,735 

Branch construction work-in-process

  1,494   239 
   28,067   26,316 
         

Less accumulated depreciation

  (12,202)  (11,016)
  $15,865  $15,300 

Depreciation expense was $1,329,000 and $1,312,000 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

NOTE 6 INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS

Interest receivable and other assets are summarized as follows:

(in thousands)

 

DECEMBER 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 

Restricted equity securities

 $5,956  $5,236 

Interest income receivable on loans

  2,866   2,465 

Interest income receivable on investments

  5,520   5,465 

Investments in limited partnerships

  13,684   14,582 

Lease right of use asset

  6,853   7,755 

Prepaid expenses and other

  1,397   1,537 
  $36,276  $37,040 

NOTE 7 DEPOSITS

Deposit totals were as follows:         

  

DECEMBER 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 
         

Demand

 $1,099,830  $1,202,321 

Money market deposit accounts

  363,386   405,797 

Savings

  131,796   165,994 

Time deposits $250,000 and under

  33,399   24,712 

Time deposits over $250,000

  22,123   15,473 

Total deposits

 $1,650,534  $1,814,297 

F- 28

Time deposits issued and their remaining maturities at December 31,2023, are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

    

2024

 $49,275 

2025

  4,983 

2026

  985 

2027

  279 

2028

  0 
  $55,522 

NOTE 8 FHLB ADVANCES

At December 31,2023, the Company had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Unused and available advances totaled $333,083,000 at December 31,2023.  Loans carried at $1,016,579,000 as of December 31,2023, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

At December 31,2022, the Company had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Unused and available advances totaled $322,369,000 at December 31,2022.  Loans carried at $915,758,000 as of December 31,2022, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

NOTE 9 INTEREST ON DEPOSITS

Interest on deposits was comprised of the following:

  

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 
         

Savings and other deposits

 $4,266  $1,015 

Time deposits over $250,000

  222   46 

Time deposits $250,000 and under

  375   58 
  $4,863  $1,119 

NOTE 10 INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

(in thousands)

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 

Current

        

Federal

 $6,215  $3,364 

State

  4,213   2,934 
   10,428   6,298 

Deferred

        

Federal

  (739)  294 

State

  (231)  195 
   (970)  489 
         
  $9,458  $6,787 

F- 29

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities (included in accrued interest and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets), is shown below:

(in thousands)

 

DECEMBER 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 

Deferred tax assets:

        

Allowance for credit losses

 $3,221  $2,800 

Restricted stock expense

  106   129 

Accrued vacation

  167   184 

Accrued salary continuation liability

  1,717   1,600 

Deferred compensation

  77   78 

Core deposit intangible

  95   90 

Merger Costs

  55   63 

Reserve for undisbursed commitments

  180   162 

State income tax

  885   616 

Holding company organization fees

  1   1 

Accumulated depreciation

  49   0 

Unrealized loss on securities available for sale

  8,040   12,897 
   14,593   18,620 

Deferred tax liabilities:

        

Prepaid expenses

  (92)  (79)

FHLB dividends

  (144)  (144)

Accumulated depreciation

  0   (193)

Accrued bonus

  (6)  (6)

Deferred loan costs

  (347)  (372)

Goodwill Amortization

  (522)  (457)

Limited partner investment in small business equity fund

  (235)  (235)
   (1,346)  (1,486)
         

Net deferred income tax asset

 $13,247  $17,134 

Management has assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized in the normal course of operations. Accordingly, these assets have not been reduced by a valuation allowance.

The Company periodically reviews its income tax positions based on tax laws and regulations and financial reporting considerations, and records adjustments as appropriate. This review takes into consideration the status of current taxing authorities’ examinations of the Company’s tax returns, recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions.

The Company had no liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

F- 30

The effective tax rate for 2023 and 2022 differs from the current Federal statutory income tax rate as follows:

  

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 
         

Federal statutory income tax rate

  21.0%  21.0%

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

  8.6%  8.6%

Tax exempt interest on municipal securities and loans

  -5.0%  -5.9%

Other

  -1.1%  -0.8%

Effective tax rate

  23.5%  22.9%

Oak Valley Bancorp files a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined report in the State of California tax jurisdiction.  None of the entities are subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2020 for U.S. federal or for years before 2019 for California.

NOTE 11 STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company currently has one equity based incentive plan, the Oak Valley Bancorp 2018 Stock Plan. The 2018 Stock Plan provides for awards in the form of incentive stocks, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights and restrictive stocks. Under the 2018 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 607,500 shares of its common stock to key employees and directors as incentive and non-qualified stock options, respectively, at a price equal to the fair value on the date of grant. The Plan provides that the options are exercisable in equal increments over a five-year period from the date of grant or over any other schedule approved by the Board of Directors. All incentive stock options expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2023, 463,199 shares were available to be issued under the 2018 Stock Plan pursuant to new grants.

For the years ended December 31,2023 and 2022, there were no stock options outstanding at any time and therefore no stock option exercises in either year. All outstanding stock options became fully vested during 2014 and therefore there is no remaining unrecognized stock option compensation expense.

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock and changes during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are presented below.

  

DECEMBER 31, 2023

  

DECEMBER 31, 2022

 
  

Shares

  

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

  

Shares

  

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Unvested at beginning of year

  82,023  $18.43   87,850  $18.50 

Issued

  43,446  $26.46   27,047  $18.86 

Vested

  (32,178) $19.08   (31,074) $19.06 

Forfeited

  (300) $17.85   (1,800) $17.69 

Unvested at end of year

  92,991  $21.96   82,023  $18.43 

The Company issued 43,446 shares of restricted stock in 2023 with a weighted average fair value of $26.46 per share. For the year ended December 31, 2023, total compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock awards was $533,000, with an offsetting tax benefit of $158,000, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company recorded a tax benefit of $73,000 to income tax expense to adjust for the full tax deduction of the vested restricted stock, which is equal to the fair value on the vesting date, as the tax benefit from the restricted stock expense is based on the grant date fair value. As of December 31,2023, there was $1,647,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.67 years. During 2023, shares of restricted stock awards totaling 32,178 with a fair value of $861,000, based on the vested date of each award, were vested and became unrestricted.

F- 31

The Company issued 27,047 shares of restricted stock in 2022 with a weighted average fair value of $18.86 per share. For the year ended December 31, 2022, total compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock awards was $622,000, with an offsetting tax benefit of $184,000, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company recorded an additional tax expense of $3,000 to income tax expense to adjust for the full tax deduction of the vested restricted stock, which is equal to the fair value on the vesting date, as the tax benefit from the restricted stock expense is based on the grant date fair value. As of December 31,2022, there was $1,037,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.23 years. During 2022, shares of restricted stock awards totaling 31,074 with a fair value of $582,000, based on the vested date of each award, were vested and became unrestricted.

NOTE 12 EARNINGS PER SHARE

EPS are based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The following table shows: (1) weighted average basic shares, (2) effect of dilutive securities related to stock options and non-vested restricted stock, and (3) weighted average diluted shares. Basic EPS are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock awards. Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The total dilutive shares included in annual diluted EPS is a year-to-date weighted average of the total dilutive shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation under the treasury stock method. We have two forms of outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stockholders and they both share equally in undistributed earnings. Therefore, under the two-class method the difference in EPS is not significant for these participating securities.

The Company’s calculation of EPS including basic EPS, which does not consider the effect of common stock equivalents and diluted EPS, which considers all dilutive common stock equivalents is as follows:

  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023

 
      

Weighted Avg

     

(dollars in thousands)

 

Income

  

Shares

  

Per-Share

 
  

(Numerator)

  

(Denominator)

  

Amount

 

Basic EPS:

            

Net income

 $30,848   8,193,874  $3.76 
             

Effect of dilutive securities:

            

Non-vested restricted stock

     37,018     

Total dilutive shares

      37,018     
             

Diluted EPS:

            

Net income per diluted share

 $30,848   8,230,892  $3.75 

  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022

 
      

Weighted Avg

     

(dollars in thousands)

 

Income

  

Shares

  

Per-Share

 
  

(Numerator)

  

(Denominator)

  

Amount

 

Basic EPS:

            

Net income

 $22,902   8,169,078  $2.80 
             

Effect of dilutive securities:

            

Non-vested restricted stock

     35,691     

Total dilutive shares

      35,691     
             

Diluted EPS:

            

Net income per diluted share

 $22,902   8,204,769  $2.79 

NOTE 13 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company is obligated for rental payments under certain operating lease agreements, some of which contain renewal options and escalation clauses that provide for increased rentals. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31,2023 and 2022, was $1,523,000 and $1,295,000, respectively.

We have historically entered into a number of lease arrangements under which we are the lessee. We have elected the practical expedient to rely on our original lease classification at the commencement of each lease contract, and not reassess the lease classifications upon the adoption of ASU No.2016-02,Leases (Topic 842) on the effective date of January 1, 2019. Therefore, all of the Company’s leases are determined to be operating leases. The other practical expedients the Company adopted are: (1) combining lease and non-lease components into a single liability amount and (2) leases with fair values of less than $5,000 were not included as they are not considered to be material. The Company does not have any short-term leases in which the original term at commencement is twelve months or less and therefore there is no impact of short-term leases on the initial ROU or lease liability recorded on January 1, 2019.

Most of our office leases include one or more optional renewal periods. The Company has not elected the hindsight practical expedient and therefore potential payments related to future lease renewal options are not reflected in the ROU asset and lease liability. Generally, all of the lease contracts have annual rent payment increases, some of which are based on the Consumer Price Index and others are fixed increases that are set forth within the contracts. The majority of our lease contracts are gross leases, in which a single monthly payment includes the lessor’s property and casualty insurance costs, property taxes, and common area maintenance associated with the property.

The Company determined the operating lease liability for new lease agreements and renewal options in 2022 and 2023 by calculating the present value of future cash payments, excluding any future renewal options as it was not reasonably certain that they will be exercised. A discount rate was applied to the cash obligation schedule to calculate the present value of the operating lease liability. The discount rate was based on our incremental borrowing rate through our line of credit with the FHLB, for the borrowing term that was equal to the term of each lease. As of December 31, 2023, the weighted average remaining term of the lease contracts was 7.5 years, and the weighted average discount rate used to calculate the present value of the operating lease liability was 2.94%. As of December 31, 2022, the weighted average remaining term of the lease contracts was 8.2 years, and the weighted average discount rate used to calculate the present value of the operating lease liability was 2.80%. The operating lease liability totaled $7,159,000 and $8,007,000 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and is included in interest payable and other liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The ROU asset totaled $6,853,000 and $7,755,000 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, is recorded in interest receivable and other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31,2023, the future minimum commitments under these operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

    

2024

 $1,400 

2025

  1,254 

2026

  1,025 

2027

  864 

2028

  828 

Thereafter

  2,892 
  $8,263 

Reconciling items:

    

Present value discount

  (1,104)

Present value of lease liabilities

 $7,159 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

F- 33

Financial instruments at December 31, 2023 whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

  

Contract

 

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 
     

Undisbursed loan commitments

 $163,413 

Checking reserve

  1,334 

Equity lines

  17,973 

Standby letters of credit

  3,613 
  $186,333 

Commitments to extend credit, including undisbursed loan commitments and equity lines, are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment and income-producing commercial properties.

Checking reserves are lines of credit associated consumer deposit accounts that meet qualification standards for extension of credit if the deposit account were to become overdraft.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

NOTE 14 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of December 31,2023 and 2022. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change.

We determine the fair values of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established under applicable accounting guidance which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value: 

Level 1:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2:  Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy.  In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstance that caused the transfer, which generally corresponds with the Company’s quarterly valuation process. There were no transfers between levels during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

F- 34

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities in the tables below:

Restricted Equity Securities- The carrying amounts of the stock the Company owns in Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) approximate their fair value and are considered a level 2 valuation.

Deposit liabilities — The fair values estimated for demand deposits (interest and non-interest checking, savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e. their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of the aggregate expected monthly maturities on time deposits. The fair value of deposits is determined by the Company’s internal assets and liabilities modeling system that accounts for various inputs such as decay rates, rate floors, FHLB yield curve, maturities and current rates offered on new accounts. Fair value on deposits is considered a level 3 valuation.

Off-balance-sheet instruments — Fair values for the Bank’s off-balance-sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit standing of the counterparties. The Company considers the Bank’s off balance sheet instruments to be a level 3 valuation.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not measured at fair value as of December 31, 2023 were as follows:

          

Hierarchy

 

(in thousands)

 

Carrying

  

Fair

  

Valuation

 
  

Amount

  

Value

  

Level

 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

 $216,568  $216,568  1 

Restricted equity securities

  5,956   5,956  2 

Loans, net

  1,004,277   917,242  3 

Interest receivable

  8,386   8,386  2 
            

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

  (1,650,534)  (1,649,808) 3 

Interest payable

  (128)  (128) 2 
            

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities):

           

Commitments and standby letters of credit

      (1,863) 3 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not measured at fair value as of December 31, 2022 were as follows:

          

Hierarchy

 

(in thousands)

 

Carrying

  

Fair

  

Valuation

 
  

Amount

  

Value

  

Level

 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

 $429,633  $429,633  1 

Restricted equity securities

  5,236   5,236  2 

Loans, net

  905,035   853,224  3 

Interest receivable

  7,930   7,930  2 
            

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

  (1,814,297)  (1,813,136) 3 

Interest payable

  (22)  (22) 2 
            

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities):

           

Commitments and standby letters of credit

      (2,124) 3 

F- 35

The following table presents the carrying value of recurring and nonrecurring financial instruments that were measured at fair value and that were still held in the consolidated balance sheets at each respective period end, by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

  

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2023 Using

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31,

2023

  

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

  

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

  

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

                

Available-for-sale securities:

                

U.S. agencies

 $80,259  $0  $80,259  $0 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  8,664   0   8,664   0 

Municipalities

  328,908   0   328,908   0 

SBA pools

  1,395   0   1,395   0 

Corporate debt

  43,517   0   43,517   0 

Asset backed securities

  55,335   0   55,335   0 
                 

Equity Securities:

                

Mutual fund

 $3,132  $3,132  $0  $0 
                 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis:

  N/A             

  

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2022 Using

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31,

2022

  

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

  

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

  

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

                

Available-for-sale securities:

                

U.S. agencies

 $88,721  $0  $88,721  $0 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  4,611   0   4,611   0 

Municipalities

  331,581   0   331,581   0 

SBA pools

  2,362   0   2,362   0 

Corporate debt

  42,060   0   42,060   0 

Asset backed securities

  58,103   0   58,103   0 
                 

Equity Securities:

                

Mutual fund

 $2,990  $2,990  $0  $0 
                 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis:

  N/A             

Available-for-sale and equity securities - Investment securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions, and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets where significant inputs are unobservable.

F- 36

Loans Evaluated Individually - The Company does not record portfolio loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, periodically, a loan is evaluated individually and is reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral, less estimated costs to sell, if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. If the collateral value is not sufficient, a specific reserve is recorded. Collateral values are estimated using a combination of observable inputs, including recent appraisals, and unobservable inputs based on customized discounting criteria. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs, fair values of individually evaluated collateral dependent loans have been classified as Level 3.

There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the year ended December 31, 2023.

NOTE 15 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company, in the normal course of business, makes loans and receives deposits from its directors, officers, principal shareholders, and their associates. In management’s opinion, these transactions are on substantially the same terms as comparable transactions with other customers of the Company. Loans to directors, officers, shareholders, and affiliates are summarized below:

  

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 
         

Aggregate amount outstanding, beginning of year

 $4,055  $5,622 

New loans or advances during year

  9,061   10,066 

Repayments during year

  (2,070)  (11,633)

Aggregate amount outstanding, end of year

 $11,046  $4,055 

Related party deposits totaled $10,533,000 and $13,564,000 at December 31,2023 and 2022, respectively.

From time to time, some of the Company’s Directors, directly or through affiliates, may perform services for the Bank. These activities are performed in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business and are subject to strict compliance with the policies outlined below. In 2023, the Company made payments totaling $250,000 to Crown Painting and Design Studio 120, companies affiliated with a Director’s daughter, for renovation and design work performed in connection with various projects and maintenance on the Bank’s branches. In 2022, the Company made payments totaling $782,000 to these same related party companies for similar services. Except for such payments, no other material services or activities were performed for purposes of Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.

NOTE 16 PROFIT SHARING PLAN

The profit sharing plan to which both the Company and eligible employees contribute was established in 1995. To be eligible, employees must complete six months of service and be 21 years of age or older. Bank contributions are voluntary and at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions were approximately $1,060,000 and $921,000 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

NOTE 17 RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS

Under current California State banking laws, the Bank may not pay cash dividends in an amount that exceeds the lesser of retained earnings of the Bank or the Bank’s net earnings for its last three fiscal years (less the amount of any distributions to shareholders made during that period). If the above requirements are not met, cash dividends may only be paid with the prior approval of the Commissioner of the Department of Financial Protection and Innovation, in an amount not exceeding the Bank’s net earnings for its last fiscal year or the amount of its net earnings for its current fiscal year. Accordingly, the future payment of cash dividends will depend on the Bank’s earnings and its ability to meet its capital requirements.

NOTE 18 OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

Certain officers have entered into salary continuation agreements with the Company (the “Salary Continuation Agreements”). Under the Salary Continuation Agreements, the participants will be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten to twenty years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death benefits under the Salary Continuation Agreements. In connection with the implementation of the Salary Continuation Agreements, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered under the Salary Continuation Agreements. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance policies. The assets of the Salary Continuation Agreements, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are owned by the Company and are available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors. In connection with the purchase of the life insurance policies, the Company entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with each of the insured officers, which pays the officers’ beneficiaries a pre-determined death benefit amount as set forth in the agreement, with the remainder of the death benefit paid to the Company.

During December 2001, the Company adopted a director retirement plan (“DRP”). Under the DRP, the participants will be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death benefits under the DRP. In connection with the implementation of the DRP, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each director covered under the DRP. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance policies. The assets of the DRP, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are the property of the Company and are available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors.

Future compensation under both types of arrangements is earned for services rendered through retirement. The Company accrues for the salary continuation liability based on anticipated years of service and vesting schedules provided under the arrangements. The Company’s current benefit liability is determined based on vesting and the present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount rate. The discount rate used is an equivalent rate for investment-grade bonds with lives matching those of the service periods remaining for the salary continuation contracts, which average approximately ten years. At December 31,2023 and 2022, $5,808,000 and $5,413,000, respectively, has been accrued to date, and is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

The combined cash surrender value of all Bank-owned life insurance policies was $31,506,000 and $30,218,000 at December 31,2023 and 2022, respectively.

NOTE 19 REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is regulated by the FRB and is subject to the securities registration and public reporting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. As a California state-chartered bank, the Company’s banking subsidiary is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (DFPI) and the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board is the primary federal regulator of state member banks. The Bank is also subject to regulation by the FDIC, which insures the Bank’s deposits as permitted by law. Management is not aware of any recommendations of regulatory authorities or otherwise which, if they were to be implemented, would have a material effect on the Company’s or Bank’s liquidity, capital resources, or operations.

The U.S. Basel III rules contain capital standards regarding the composition of capital, minimum capital ratios and counter-party credit risk capital requirements. The Basel III rules also include a definition of common equity Tier 1 capital and require that certain levels of such common equity Tier 1 capital be maintained. The rules also include a capital conservation buffer, which imposes a common equity requirement above the new minimum that can be depleted under stress and could result in restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses under certain circumstances, as well as a new standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets. Under the Basel III rules, we must maintain a ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6%, a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8% and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. In addition to the preceding requirements, all financial institutions subject to the Rules, including both the Company and the Bank, are required to establish a "conservation buffer," consisting of common equity Tier 1 capital, which is at least 2.5% above each of the preceding common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, the Tier 1 risk-based ratio and the total risk-based ratio. An institution that does not meet the conservation buffer will be subject to restrictions on certain activities including payment of dividends, stock repurchases and discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The conservation buffer became fully effective on January 1, 2019.

F- 38

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements and operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that rely on quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

The Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31,2023 and 2022, are presented in the following table.

(in thousands)

        

Regulatory

 
  

Actual

  

Minimum

 

Capital ratios for Bank:

 

Amount

  

Ratio

  

Amount

 

Ratio

 
              

As of December 31, 2023

             

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

 $193,005  14.7%  $137,819 

>10.5%

 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

 $181,500  13.8%  $111,567 

>8.5%

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 $181,500  13.8%  $91,879 

>7.0%

 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets)

 $181,500  9.6%  $75,303 

>4.0%

 
              

As of December 31, 2022

             

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

 $163,593  12.4%  $138,578 

>10.5%

 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

 $153,579  11.6%  $112,182 

>8.5%

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 $153,579  11.6%  $92,386 

>7.0%

 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets)

 $153,579  7.6%  $81,286 

>4.0%

 
              

Capital ratios for the Company:

             
              

As of December 31, 2023

             

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

 $193,280  14.7%  $137,835 

>10.5%

 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

 $181,775  13.9%  $111,851 

>8.5%

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 $181,775  13.9%  $91,890 

>7.0%

 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets)

 $181,775  9.7%  $75,306 

>4.0%

 
              

As of December 31, 2022

             

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

 $163,810  12.4%  $138,584 

>10.5%

 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

 $153,796  11.7%  $112,187 

>8.5%

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 $153,796  11.7%  $92,389 

>7.0%

 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets)

 $153,796  7.6%  $81,289 

>4.0%

 

NOTE 20 PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)

        
  

December 31,

  

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

  

2022

 
ASSETS        
         

Cash

 $167  $165 

Investment in bank subsidiary

  165,817   126,409 

Other assets

  153   53 
         

Total assets

 $166,137  $126,627 
         
         

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY

        
         

Other liabilities

 $45  $1 
         

Total liabilities

 $45  $1 
         

Shareholders’ equity

        

Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 8,293,168 and 8,257,894 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively

  25,435   25,435 

Additional paid-in capital

  5,512   5,190 

Retained earnings

  154,301   126,728 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  (19,156)  (30,727)
         

Total shareholders’ equity

  166,092   126,626 
         

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 $166,137  $126,627 

F- 40

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20 PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 

INCOME

        

Dividends declared by subsidiary

 $2,896  $2,724 

Total income

  2,896   2,724 
         

EXPENSES

        

Salary expense

  146   136 

Employee benefit expense

  533   623 

Legal expense

  62   44 

Other operating expenses

  91   108 

Total expenses

  832   911 
         
Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary  2,064   1,813 
         

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary

  28,465   20,826 

Income before income tax benefit

  30,529   22,639 
         

Income tax benefit

  319   263 
         

Net income

 $30,848  $22,902 

F- 41

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20 PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2023

  

2022

 
         

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net income

 $30,848  $22,902 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

        

Undistributed net income of subsidiary

  (28,465)  (20,826)

Stock based compensation

  533   623 

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

  44   (1)

Increase in other assets

  (101)  (8)

Net cash from operating activities

  2,859   2,690 
         

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        

Shareholder cash dividends paid

  (2,896)  (2,724)

Inter-company dividend from bank subsidiary

  250   250 

Tax withholding payments on vested restricted shares surrendered

  (211)  (121)

Net cash used in financing activities

  (2,857)  (2,595)
         

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

  2   95 
         

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

  165   70 
         

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

 $167  $165 
         
         

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

        

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

 $10,449  $3,910 

F-42